Եզեկիէլ / Ezekiel - 32 |

Text:
< PreviousԵզեկիէլ - 32 Ezekiel - 32Next >


jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
Этот плач по форме скорее пророческая угроза; в нем менее элегических мотивов, чем в плаче над Тиром (особенно в 1-й речи). Состоит из 2: речей: ст. 1-16, где говорится более о фараоне, и ст. 17-32: - о его войске и народе. Вторая более походит на надгробную песнь. Вторая речь или песнь описывает сошествие фараона и его войска в ад. Поэтому эта песнь очень важна в качестве памятника ветхозаветных представлений о шеоле, его отделениях и обитателях. К сожалению, текст ее с большим разногласием передается мазор. и LXX; в нек. код. LXX совсем другая расстановка стихов: 20, 21, 19.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
Still we are upon the destruction of Pharaoh and Egypt, which is wonderfully enlarged upon, and with a great deal of emphasis. When we read so very much of Egypt's ruin, no less than six several prophecies at divers times delivered concerning it, we are ready to think, Surely there is some special reason for it. And, I. Perhaps it may look as far back as the book of Genesis, where we find (ch. xv. 14) that God determined to judge Egypt for oppressing his people; and, though that was in part fulfilled in the plagues of Egypt and the drowning of Pharaoh, yet, in this destruction, here foretold, those old scores were reckoned for, and that was to have its full accomplishment. II. Perhaps it may look as far forward as the book of the Revelation, where we find that the great enemy of the gospel-church, that makes war with the Lamb, is spiritually called Egypt, Rev. xi. 8. And, if so, the destruction of Egypt and its Pharaoh was a type of the destruction of that proud enemy; and between this prophecy of the ruin of Egypt and the prophecy of the destruction of the antichristian generation there is some analogy. We have two distinct prophecies in this chapter relating to Egypt, both in the same month, one on the 1st day, the other that day fortnight, probably both on the sabbath day. They are both lamentations, not only to signify how lamentable the fall of Egypt should be, but to intimate how much the prophet himself should lament it, from a generous principle of love to mankind. The destruction of Egypt is here represented under two similitudes:-- 1. The killing of a lion, or a whale, or some such devouring creature, ver. 1-16. 2. The funeral of a great commander or captain-general, ver. 17-32. The two prophecies of this chapter are much of the same length.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
The prophet goes on to predict the fall of the king of Egypt, under the figure of an animal of prey, such as a lion or crocodile, caught, slain, and his carcass left a prey to the fowls and wild beasts, Eze 32:1-6. The figure is then changed; and the greatness of his fall (described by the darkening of the sun, moon, and stars) strikes terror into all the surrounding nations, Eze 32:7-10. The prophet adds, that the overthrow of the then reigning Egyptian dynasty was to be effected by the instrumentality of the king of Babylon, who should leave Egypt so desolate, that its waters, (alluding to the metaphor used in the second verse), should run as pure and smooth as oil, without the foot of man or the hoof of a beast to disturb them, Eze 32:11-16. A beautiful, nervous, and concise description of a land ruined and left utterly desolate. In the remaining part of the chapter the same event is pourtrayed by one of the boldest figures ever attempted in any composition, and which at the. same time is executed with astonishing perspicuity and force. God is introduced ordering a place in the lower regions for the king of Egypt and his host, Eze 32:17, Eze 32:18. The prophet delivers his message, pronounces their fate, and commands those who buried the slain to drag him and his multitudes to the subterraneous mansions, Eze 32:19, Eze 32:20. At the tumult and commotion which this mighty work occasions, the infernal shades are represented as roused from their couches to learn the cause. They see and congratulate the king of Egypt, on his arrival among them, Eze 32:21. Pharaoh being now introduced into this immense subterraneous cavern, (see the fourteenth chapter of Isaiah, where a similar imagery is employed), the prophet leads him all around the sides of the pit; shows him the gloomy mansions of former tyrants, tells their names as he goes along; beautifully contrasts their former pomp and destructive ambition, when they were a terror to the surrounding states, with their present most abject and helpless condition; declares that all these oppressors of mankind have not only been cut off out of the land of the living, but have gone down into the grave uncircumcised, that is, they have died in their sins, and therefore shall have no resurrection to eternal life; and concludes with showing Pharaoh the place destined for him in the midst of the uncircumcised, and of them that have been slain by the sword, Eze 32:22-32. This prophetic ode may be considered as a finished model in that species of writing which is appropriated to the exciting of terror. The imagery throughout is sublime and terrible; and no reader of sensibility and taste can accompany the prophet in this funeral procession, and visit the mansions of Hades, without being impressed with a degree of awe nearly approaching to horror.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
Eze 32:1, A lamentation for the fearful fall of Egypt; Eze 32:11, The sword of Babylon shall destroy it; Eze 32:17, It shall be brought down to hell, among all the uncircumcised nations.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch

Lamentations over the Ruin of Pharaoh and His People
The chapter contains two lamentations composed at different times: the first, in vv. 1-16, relating to the fall of Pharaoh, which rests upon the prophecy contained in Ezekiel 29:1-16 and Ezek 30:20-26; the second, in vv. 17-32, in which the prophecy concerning the casting down of this imperial power into hell (Ezek 31:14-17) is worked out in elegiac form.
John Gill
INTRODUCTION TO EZEKIEL 32
This chapter contains two more prophecies concerning the destruction of Egypt. The date of the first is given, Ezek 22:1, in which the king of Egypt is compared to a large fish taken in a net, and brought to land, and left on it, to be the prey of the fowls of the air and beasts of the field, Ezek 32:2, and the ruin of that kingdom is further amplified by the casting of it on the mountains and valleys; by the land flowing with its blood; by the darkness of the heavens; by the vexation in the hearts of many people; and by the amazement of kings and nations, Ezek 32:5, the means and instruments of all which will be the king of Babylon and his army, Ezek 32:11, the devastation made by him, which would be such as would cause lamentation in other nations, is described, Ezek 32:13, then follows the other prophecy, whose date is given, Ezek 32:17, the prophet is bid to lament the fall of Egypt, which is represented under the funeral of a corpse, Ezek 32:18, saluted by those gone down to the grave before, or were become desolate; which are mentioned, to assure Egypt of its destruction, Ezek 32:21 as the Assyrian empire, and all its provinces, Ezek 32:22, the Persians and Medes, with all their dominions, Ezek 32:24, the posterity of Meshech and Tubal, or the Scythians, those warlike people, Ezek 32:26, the Edomites, the princes of the north, and all the Zidonians, Ezek 32:29 which would be a comfort, though a poor one to the king of Egypt and his subjects, to have such company with them, Ezek 32:31.
32:132:1: Եւ եղեւ յամին երկոտասաներորդի՝ յամսեանն երկոտասաներորդի, որ օր մի էր ամսոյն. եղեւ բան Տեառն առ իս՝ եւ ասէ.
1 Տասներկուերորդ տարում, տասներկուերորդ ամսին, ամսի առաջին օրը, Տէրը խօսեց ինձ հետ ու ասաց.
32 Տասնըերկրորդ տարուան տասնըերկրորդ ամսուան առաջին օրը, Տէրոջը խօսքը ինծի եղաւ՝ ըսելով.
Եւ եղեւ յամին երկոտասաներորդի, յամսեանն երկոտասաներորդի, որ օր մի էր ամսոյն, եղեւ բան Տեառն առ իս եւ ասէ:

32:1: Եւ եղեւ յամին երկոտասաներորդի՝ յամսեանն երկոտասաներորդի, որ օր մի էր ամսոյն. եղեւ բան Տեառն առ իս՝ եւ ասէ.
1 Տասներկուերորդ տարում, տասներկուերորդ ամսին, ամսի առաջին օրը, Տէրը խօսեց ինձ հետ ու ասաց.
32 Տասնըերկրորդ տարուան տասնըերկրորդ ամսուան առաջին օրը, Տէրոջը խօսքը ինծի եղաւ՝ ըսելով.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:132:1 В двенадцатом году, в двенадцатом месяце, в первый {день} месяца, было ко мне слово Господне:
32:1 καὶ και and; even ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become ἐν εν in τῷ ο the ἑνδεκάτῳ ενδεκατος eleventh ἔτει ετος year ἐν εν in τῷ ο the δωδεκάτῳ δωδεκατος twelfth μηνὶ μην.1 month μιᾷ εις.1 one; unit τοῦ ο the μηνὸς μην.1 month ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become λόγος λογος word; log κυρίου κυριος lord; master πρός προς to; toward με με me λέγων λεγω tell; declare
32:1 וַֽ wˈa וְ and יְהִי֙ yᵊhˌî היה be בִּ bi בְּ in שְׁתֵּ֣י šᵊttˈê שְׁנַיִם two עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה ʕeśrˈē עֶשְׂרֵה -teen שָׁנָ֔ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year בִּ bi בְּ in שְׁנֵי־ šᵊnê- שְׁנַיִם two עָשָׂ֥ר ʕāśˌār עָשָׂר -teen חֹ֖דֶשׁ ḥˌōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֶחָ֣ד ʔeḥˈāḏ אֶחָד one לַ la לְ to † הַ the חֹ֑דֶשׁ ḥˈōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month הָיָ֥ה hāyˌā היה be דְבַר־ ḏᵊvar- דָּבָר word יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֵלַ֥י ʔēlˌay אֶל to לֵ lē לְ to אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
32:1. et factum est duodecimo anno in mense duodecimo in una mensis factum est verbum Domini ad me dicensAnd it came to pass in the twelfth year, in the twelfth month, in the first day of the month, that the word of the Lord came to me, saying:
1. And it came to pass in the twelfth year, in the twelfth month, in the first of the month, that the word of the LORD came unto me, saying,
32:1. And it happened that, in the twelfth year, in the twelfth month, on the first of the month, the word of the Lord came to me, saying:
32:1. And it came to pass in the twelfth year, in the twelfth month, in the first [day] of the month, [that] the word of the LORD came unto me, saying,
[720] And it came to pass in the twelfth year, in the twelfth month, in the first [day] of the month, [that] the word of the LORD came unto me, saying:

32:1 В двенадцатом году, в двенадцатом месяце, в первый {день} месяца, было ко мне слово Господне:
32:1
καὶ και and; even
ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
ἑνδεκάτῳ ενδεκατος eleventh
ἔτει ετος year
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
δωδεκάτῳ δωδεκατος twelfth
μηνὶ μην.1 month
μιᾷ εις.1 one; unit
τοῦ ο the
μηνὸς μην.1 month
ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become
λόγος λογος word; log
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
πρός προς to; toward
με με me
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
32:1
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יְהִי֙ yᵊhˌî היה be
בִּ bi בְּ in
שְׁתֵּ֣י šᵊttˈê שְׁנַיִם two
עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה ʕeśrˈē עֶשְׂרֵה -teen
שָׁנָ֔ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year
בִּ bi בְּ in
שְׁנֵי־ šᵊnê- שְׁנַיִם two
עָשָׂ֥ר ʕāśˌār עָשָׂר -teen
חֹ֖דֶשׁ ḥˌōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֶחָ֣ד ʔeḥˈāḏ אֶחָד one
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
חֹ֑דֶשׁ ḥˈōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month
הָיָ֥ה hāyˌā היה be
דְבַר־ ḏᵊvar- דָּבָר word
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֵלַ֥י ʔēlˌay אֶל to
לֵ לְ to
אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
32:1. et factum est duodecimo anno in mense duodecimo in una mensis factum est verbum Domini ad me dicens
And it came to pass in the twelfth year, in the twelfth month, in the first day of the month, that the word of the Lord came to me, saying:
32:1. And it happened that, in the twelfth year, in the twelfth month, on the first of the month, the word of the Lord came to me, saying:
32:1. And it came to pass in the twelfth year, in the twelfth month, in the first [day] of the month, [that] the word of the LORD came unto me, saying,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
1. Февраль 536: г., год и 7: месяцев, спустя по разрушении Иерусалима, следовательно, во время убийства Годолии и бегства в Египет оставшихся в Палестине иудеев. Может быть, этот “плач” был внушен современным “плачем” Иеремии над Израилем. LXX: 10: или 11: год (разл. в разл. кодексах): Пешито и 9: евр. рукоп.: 11: год; в соответствие чему и число месяца вместо 12: - 10: или 11; но этот вариант должно быть возник из большой близости к дате 1/XII 12: даты ст. 17, 15/XII 12, и по соображению с датами XXX:20: и ХХХI:1.
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
1 And it came to pass in the twelfth year, in the twelfth month, in the first day of the month, that the word of the LORD came unto me, saying, 2 Son of man, take up a lamentation for Pharaoh king of Egypt, and say unto him, Thou art like a young lion of the nations, and thou art as a whale in the seas: and thou camest forth with thy rivers, and troubledst the waters with thy feet, and fouledst their rivers. 3 Thus saith the Lord GOD; I will therefore spread out my net over thee with a company of many people; and they shall bring thee up in my net. 4 Then will I leave thee upon the land, I will cast thee forth upon the open field, and will cause all the fowls of the heaven to remain upon thee, and I will fill the beasts of the whole earth with thee. 5 And I will lay thy flesh upon the mountains, and fill the valleys with thy height. 6 I will also water with thy blood the land wherein thou swimmest, even to the mountains; and the rivers shall be full of thee. 7 And when I shall put thee out, I will cover the heaven, and make the stars thereof dark; I will cover the sun with a cloud, and the moon shall not give her light. 8 All the bright lights of heaven will I make dark over thee, and set darkness upon thy land, saith the Lord GOD. 9 I will also vex the hearts of many people, when I shall bring thy destruction among the nations, into the countries which thou hast not known. 10 Yea, I will make many people amazed at thee, and their kings shall be horribly afraid for thee, when I shall brandish my sword before them; and they shall tremble at every moment, every man for his own life, in the day of thy fall. 11 For thus saith the Lord GOD; The sword of the king of Babylon shall come upon thee. 12 By the swords of the mighty will I cause thy multitude to fall, the terrible of the nations, all of them: and they shall spoil the pomp of Egypt, and all the multitude thereof shall be destroyed. 13 I will destroy also all the beasts thereof from beside the great waters; neither shall the foot of man trouble them any more, nor the hoofs of beasts trouble them. 14 Then will I make their waters deep, and cause their rivers to run like oil, saith the Lord GOD. 15 When I shall make the land of Egypt desolate, and the country shall be destitute of that whereof it was full, when I shall smite all them that dwell therein, then shall they know that I am the LORD. 16 This is the lamentation wherewith they shall lament her: the daughters of the nations shall lament her: they shall lament for her, even for Egypt, and for all her multitude, saith the Lord GOD.
Here, I. The prophet is ordered to take up a lamentation for Pharaoh king of Egypt, v. 2. It concerns ministers to be much of a serious spirit, and, in order thereunto, to be frequent in taking up lamentations for the fall and ruin of sinners, as those that have not desired, but dreaded, the woeful day. Note, Ministers that would affect others with the things of God must make it appear that they are themselves affected with the miseries which sinners bring upon themselves by their sins. It becomes us to weep and tremble for those that will not weep and tremble for themselves, to try if thereby we may set them a weeping, set them a trembling.
II. He is ordered to show cause for that lamentation.
1. Pharaoh has been a troubler of the nations, even of his own nation, which he should have procured the repose of: He is like a young lion of the nations (v. 2), loud and noisy, hectoring and threatening as a lion when he roars. Great potentates, if they by tyrannical and oppressive, are in God's account no better than beasts of prey. He is like a whale, or dragon, like a crocodile (so some) in the seas, very turbulent and vexatious, as the leviathan that makes the deep to boil like a pot, Job xli. 31. When Pharaoh engaged in an unnecessary war with the Cyrenians he came forth with his rivers, with his armies, troubled the waters, disturbed his own kingdom and the neighbouring nations, fouled the rivers, and made them muddy. Note, A great deal of disquiet is often given to the world by the restless ambition and implacable resentments of proud princes. Ahab is he that troubles Israel, and not Elijah.
2. He that has troubled others must expect to be himself troubled; for the Lord is righteous, Josh. vii. 25.
(1.) This is set forth here by a comparison. Is Pharaoh like a great whale, which, when it comes up the river, gives great disturbance, a leviathan which Job cannot draw out with a hook? (Job xli. 1), yet God has a net for him which is large enough to enclose him and strong enough to secure him (v. 3): I will spread my net over thee, even the army of the Chaldeans, a company of many people; they shall force him out of his fastnesses, dislodge him out of his possessions, throw him like a great fish upon dry ground, upon the open field (v. 4), where being out of his element, he must die of course, and be a prey to the birds and beasts, as was foretold, ch. xxix. 5. What can the strongest fish do to help itself when it is out of the water and lies gasping? The flesh of this great whale shall be laid upon the mountains (v. 5) and the valleys shall be filled with his height. Such numbers of Pharaoh's soldiers shall be slain that the dead bodies shall be scattered upon the hills and there shall be heaps of them piled up in the valleys. Blood shall be shed in such abundance as to swell the rivers in the valleys. Or, Such shall be the bulk, such the height, of this leviathan, that, when he is laid upon the ground, he shall fill a valley. Such vast quantities of blood shall issue from this leviathan as shall water the land of Egypt, the land wherein now he swims, now he sports himself, v. 6. It shall reach to the mountains, and the waters of Egypt shall again be turned into blood by this means: The rivers shall be full of thee. The judgments executed upon Pharaoh of old are expressed by the breaking of the heads of leviathan in the waters, Ps. lxxiv. 13, 14. But now they go further; this old serpent not only has now his head bruised, but is all crushed to pieces.
(2.) It is set forth by a prophecy of the deep impression which the destruction of Egypt should make upon the neighbouring nations; it would put them all into a consternation, as the fall of the Assyrian monarchy did, ch. xxxi. 15, 16. When Pharaoh, who had been like a blazing burning torch, is put out and extinguished it shall make all about him look black, v. 7. The heavens shall be hung with black, the stars darkened, the sun eclipsed, and the moon be deprived of her borrowed light. It is from the upper world that this lower receives its light; and therefore (v. 8), when the bright lights of heaven are made dark above, darkness by consequence is set upon the land, upon the earth; so it shall be on the land of Egypt. Here the plague of darkness, which was upon Egypt of old for three days, seems to be alluded to, as, before, the turning of the waters into blood. For, when former judgments are forgotten, it is just that they should be repeated. When their privy-counsellors, and statesmen, and those that have the direction of the public affairs, are deprived of wisdom and made fools, and the things that belong to their peace are hidden from their eyes, then their lights are darkened and the land is in a mist. This is foretold, Isa. xix. 13. The princes of Zoan have become fools. Now upon the spreading of the report of the fall of Egypt, and the bringing of the news to remote countries, countries which they had not known (v. 9), people shall be much affected, and shall feel themselves sensibly touched by it. [1.] It shall fill them with vexation to see such an ancient, wealthy, potent kingdom thus humbled and brought down, and the pride of worldly glory, which they have such a value for, stained. The hearts of many people will be vexed to see the word of the God of Israel fulfilled in the destruction of Egypt, and that all the gods of Egypt were not able to relieve it. Note, The destruction of some wicked people is a vexation to others. [2.] It shall fill them with admiration (v. 10): They shall be amazed at thee, shall wonder to see such great riches and power come to nothing, Rev. xviii. 17. Note, Those that admire with complacency the pomp of this world will admire with consternation the ruin of that pomp, which to those that know the vanity of all things here below is no surprise at all. [3.] It shall fill them with fear: even their kings (that think it their prerogative to be secure) shall be horribly afraid for thee, concluding their own house to be in danger when their neighbour's is on fire. When I shall brandish my sword before them they shall tremble every man for his own life. Note, When the sword of God's justice is drawn against some, to cut them off, it is thereby brandished before others, to give them warning. And those that will not be admonished by it, and made to reform, shall yet be frightened by it, and made to tremble. They shall tremble at every moment, because of thy fall. When others are ruined by sin we have reason to quake for fear, as knowing ourselves guilty and obnoxious. Who is able to stand before this holy Lord God?
(3.) It is set forth by a plain and express prediction of the desolation itself that should come upon Egypt. [1.] The instruments of the desolation appear here very formidable. It is the sword of the king of Babylon, that warlike, that victorious prince, that shall come upon thee (v. 11), the swords of the mighty, even the terrible of the nations, all of them (v. 12), an army that there is no standing before. Note, Those that delight in war, and are upon all occasions entering into contention, may expect, some time or other, to be engaged with those that will prove too hard for them. Pharaoh had been forward to quarrel with his neighbour and to come forth with his rivers, with his armies, v. 2. But God will now give him enough of it. [2.] The instances of the desolation appear here very frightful, much the same with what we had before, ch. xxix. 10-12; xxx. 7. First, The multitude of Egypt shall be destroyed, not decimated, some picked out to be made examples, but all cut off. Note, The numbers of sinners, though they be a multitude, will neither secure them against God's power nor entitle them to his pity. Secondly, The pomp of Egypt shall be spoiled, the pomp of their court, what they have been proud of. Note, in renouncing the pomps of this world we did ourselves a great kindness, for they are things that are soon spoiled and that cheat their admirers. Thirdly, The cattle of Egypt, that used to feed by the rivers, shall be destroyed (v. 13), either cut off by the sword or carried off for a prey. Egypt was famous for horses, which would be an acceptable booty to the Chaldeans. The rivers shall be no more frequented as they have been by man and beast, that came thither to drink. Fourthly, The waters of Egypt, that used to flow briskly, shall now grow deep, and slow, and heavy, and shall run like oil (v. 14), a figurative expression signifying that there should be such universal sadness and heaviness upon the whole nation that even the rivers should go softly and silently like mourners, and quite forget their rapid motion. Fifthly, The whole country of Egypt shall be stripped of its wealth; it shall be destitute of what whereof it was full (v. 15), corn, and cattle, and all the pleasant fruits of the earth; when those are smitten that dwell therein the ground is untilled, and that which is gathered becomes an easy prey to the invader. Note, God can soon empty those of this world's goods that have the greatest fulness of those things and are full of them, that enjoy most and have their hearts set upon those enjoyments. The Egyptians were full of their pleasant and plentiful country, and its rich productions. Every one that talked with them might perceive how much it filled them. But God can soon make their country destitute of that whereof it is full; it is therefore our wisdom to be full of treasures in heaven. When the country is made destitute, 1. It shall be an instruction to them: Then shall they know that I am the Lord. A sensible conviction of the vanity of the world, and the fading perishing nature of all things in it, will contribute much to our right knowledge of God as our portion and happiness. 2. It shall be a lamentation to all about them: The daughters of the nations shall lament her (v. 16), either because, being in alliance with her, they share in her grievances and suffer with her, or, being admirers of her, they at least share in her grief and sympathize with her. They shall lament for Egypt and all her multitude; it shall excite their pity to see so great a devastation made. By enlarging the matters of our joy we increase the occasions of our sorrow.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:1: In the twelfth year, in the twelfth month, in the first day of the month - On Wednesday, March 22, the twelfth year of the captivity of Jeconiah, A.M. 3417.
Instead of the twelfth year, five of Kennicott's MSS., and eight of De Rossi's, read בעשתי עשרה in the eleventh year. This reading is supported by the Syriac; and is confirmed by an excellent MS. of my own, about four hundred years old.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:1: In the twelfth month - About one year and seven months after the destruction of Jerusalem. In the meantime had occurred the murder of Gedaliah and the flight into Egypt of the Jews left behind by the Chaldaeans jer 41-43. Jeremiah, who had accompanied them, foretold their ruin jer 44 in a prophecy probably contemporaneous with the present - the sixth against Egypt, delivered in the form of a dirge Eze 44:2-16.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:1: am 3417, bc 587
in the twelfth: On Wednesday, March 22, am 3417, the twelfth year of Jeconiah's captivity, about a year and half after the destruction of Jerusalem, and at a time when Pharaoh was in power and prosperity. Eze 32:17, Eze 1:2, Eze 29:1, Eze 29:17, Eze 30:20
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
32:1
Lamentation over the King of Egypt
Pharaoh, a sea-monster, is drawn by the nations out of his waters with the net of God, and cast out upon the earth. His flesh is given to the birds and beasts of prey to devour, and the earth is saturated with his blood (Ezek 32:2-6). At his destruction the lights of heaven lose their brightness, and all the nations will be amazed thereat (Ezek 32:7-10). The king of Babel will come upon Egypt, will destroy both man and beast, and will make the land a desert (Ezek 32:11-16). - The date given in Ezek 32:1 - "In the twelfth year, in the twelfth month, on the first of the month, the word of Jehovah came to me, saying" - agrees entirely with the relation in which the substance of the ode itself stands to the prophecies belonging to the tenth and eleventh years in Ezekiel 29:1-16 and Ezek 30:20-26; whereas the different date found in the Septuagint cannot come into consideration for a moment.
Ezek 32:2-6
The destruction of Pharoah. - Ezek 32:2. Son of man, raise a lamentation over Pharaoh the king of Egypt, and say to him, Thou wast compared to a young lion among the nations, and yet wast like a dragon in the sea; thou didst break forth in thy streams, and didst trouble the waters with thy feet, and didst tread their streams. Ezek 32:3. Thus saith the Lord Jehovah, Therefore will I spread out my net over thee in the midst of many nations, that they may draw thee up in my yarn; Ezek 32:4. And will cast thee upon the land, hurl thee upon the surface of the field, and will cause all the birds of the heaven to settle upon thee, and the beasts of the whole earth to satisfy themselves with thee. Ezek 32:5. Thy flesh will I put upon the mountains, and fill the valleys with thy funeral heap. Ezek 32:6. I will saturate the earth with thine outflow of thy blood even to the mountains, and the low places shall become full of thee. - This lamentation begins, like others, with a picture of the glory of the fallen king. Hitzig objects to the ordinary explanation of the words כּפיר גּוים נדמיתה, λέοντι ἐθνῶν ὡμοιώθης (lxx), leoni gentium assimilatus es (Vulg.), on the ground that the frequently recurring נדמה would only have this meaning in the present passage, and that נמשׁל, which would then be synonymous, is construed in three other ways, but not with the nominative. For these reasons he adopts the rendering, "lion of the nations, thou belongest to death." But it would be contrary to the analogy of all the קינות to commence the lamentation with such a threat; and Hitzig's objections to the ordinary rendering of the words will not bear examination. The circumstance that the Niphal נדמה is only met with here in the sense of ὁμοιοῦσθαι, proves nothing; for דּמה has this meaning in the Kal, Piel, and Hithpael, and the construction of the Niphal with the accusative (not nominative, as Hitzig says) may be derived without difficulty from the construction of the synonymous נמשׁל with כ. But what is decisive in favour of this rendering is the fact that the following clause is connected by means of the adversative ואתּה (but thou), which shows that the comparison of Pharaoh to a תּנּים forms an antithesis to the clause in which he is compared to a young lion. If נדמית 'כּפיר ג contained a declaration of destruction, not only would this antithesis be lost, but the words addressed to it as a lion of the nations would float in the air and be used without any intelligible meaning. The lion is a figurative representation of a powerful and victorious ruler; and כּפיר גּוים is really equivalent to אל גּוים in Ezek 31:11.
Pharaoh was regarded as a mighty conqueror of the nations, "though he was rather to be compared to the crocodile, which stirs up the streams, the fresh waters, and life-giving springs of the nations most perniciously with mouth and feet, and renders turbid all that is pure" (Ewald). תּנּים, as in Ezek 29:3. Ewald and Hitzig have taken offence at the words תּגח בּנהרתיך, "thou didst break forth in thy streams," and alter בּנהרתיך retla d into בּנחרתיך, with thy nostrils (Job 41:12); but they have not considered that תּגח would be quite out of place with such an alteration, as גּיח in both the Kal and Hiphil (Judg 20:33) has only the intransitive meaning to break out. The thought is simply this: the crocodile lies in the sea, then breaks occasionally forth in its streams, and makes the waters and their streams turbid with its feet. Therefore shall Pharaoh also end like such a monster (Ezek 32:3-6). The guilt of Pharaoh did not consist in the fact that he had assumed the position of a ruler among the nations (Kliefoth); but in his polluting the water-streams, stirring up and disturbing the life-giving streams of the nations. God will take him in His net by a gathering of nations, and cause him to be drawn out of his element upon the dry land, where he shall become food to the birds and beasts of prey (cf. Ezek 29:4-5; Ezek 31:12-13). The words 'בּקהל עמּים ר are not to be understood as referring to the nations, as spectators of the event (Hvernick); but ב denotes the instrument, or medium employed, here the persons by whom God causes the net to be thrown, as is evident from the והעלוּך which follows. According to the parallelismus membrorum, the ἁπ. λεγ. רמוּת can only refer to the carcase of the beast, although the source from which this meaning of the word is derived has not yet been traced. There is no worth to be attached to the reading rimowt in some of the codices, as רמּה does not yield a suitable meaning either in the sense of reptile, or in that of putrefaction or decomposed bodies, which has been attributed to it from the Arabic. Under these circumstances we adhere to the derivation from רוּם, to be high, according to which רמוּת may signify a height or a heap, which the context defines as a funeral-pile. צפה, strictly speaking, a participle from צוּף, to flow, that which flows out, the outflow (Hitzig), is not to be taken in connection with ארץ, but is a second object to השׁקיתי; and the appended word מדּמך indicates the source whence the flowing takes place, and of what the outflow consists. אל ההרים, to the mountains, i.e., up to the top of the mountains. The thought in these verses is probably simply this, that the fall of Pharaoh would bring destruction upon the whole of the land of Egypt, and that many nations would derive advantage from his fall.
Ezek 32:7-10
His overthrow fills the whole world with mourning and terror. - Ezek 32:7. When I extinguish thee, I will cover the sky and darken its stars; I will cover the sun with cloud, and the moon will not cause its light to shine. Ezek 32:8. All the shining lights in the sky do I darken because of thee, and I bring darkness over thy land, is the saying of the Lord Jehovah. Ezek 32:9. And I will trouble the heart of many nations when I bring out thine overthrow among the nations into lands which thou knowest not, Ezek 32:10. And I will make many nations amazed at thee, and their kings shall shudder at thee when I brandish my sword before their face; and they shall tremble every moment, every one for his life on the day of his fall. - The thought of Ezek 32:7 and Ezek 32:8 is not exhausted by the paraphrase, "when thou art extinguished, all light will be extinguished, so far as Egypt is concerned," accompanied with the remark, that the darkness consequent thereupon is a figurative representation of utterly hopeless circumstances (Schmieder). The thought on which the figure rests is that of the day of the Lord, the day of God's judgment, on which the lights of heaven lose their brightness (cf. Ezek 30:3 and Joel 2:10, etc.). This day bursts upon Egypt with the fall of Pharaoh, and on it the shining stars of heaven are darkened, so that the land of Pharaoh becomes dark. Egypt is a world-power represented by Pharaoh, which collapses with his fall. But the overthrow of this world-power is an omen and prelude of the overthrow of every ungodly world-power on the day of the last judgment, when the present heaven and the present earth will perish in the judgment-fire. Compare the remarks to be found in the commentary on Joel 3:4 upon the connection between the phenomena of the heavens and great catastrophes on earth. The contents of both verses may be fully explained from the biblical idea of the day of the Lord and the accompanying phenomena; and for the explanation of בּכבּותך, there is no necessity to assume, as Dereser and Hitzig have done, that the sea-dragon of Egypt is presented here under the constellation of a dragon; for there is no connection between the comparison of Egypt to a tannim or sea-dragon, in Ezek 32:2 and Ezek 29:3 (=רהב, Is 51:9), and the constellation of the dragon (see the comm. on Is 51:9 and Is 30:7). In בּכבּותך Pharaoh is no doubt regarded as a star of the first magnitude in the sky; but in this conception Ezekiel rests upon Is 14:12, where the king of Babylon is designated as a bright morning-star. That this passage was in the prophet's mind, is evident at once from the fact that Ezek 32:7 coincides almost verbatim with Is 13:10. - The extinction and obscuration of the stars are not merely a figurative representation of the mourning occasioned by the fall of Pharaoh; still less can Ezek 32:9 and Ezek 32:10 be taken as an interpretation in literal phraseology of the figurative words in Ezek 32:7 and Ezek 32:8. For Ezek 32:9 and Ezek 32:10 do not relate to the mourning of the nations, but to anxiety and terror into which they are plunged by God through the fall of Pharaoh and his might. הכעיס , to afflict the heart, does not mean to make it sorrowful, but to fill it with anxiety, to deprive it of its peace and cheerfulness. "When I bring thy fall among the nations" is equivalent to "spread the report of thy fall." Consequently there is no need for either the arbitrary alteration of שׁברך into שׂברך, which Ewald proposes, with the imaginary rendering announcement or report; nor for the marvellous assumption of Hvernick, that שׁברך describes the prisoners scattered among the heathen as the ruins of the ancient glory of Egypt, in support of which he adduces the rendering of the lxx αἰχμαλωσίαν σου, which is founded upon the change of שׁברך into שׁביך. For Ezek 32:10 compare Ezek 27:35. עופף, to cause to fly, to brandish. The sword is brandished before their face when it falls time after time upon their brother the king of Egypt, whereby they are thrown into alarm for their own lives. לרגעים, by moments = every moment (see the comm. on Is 27:3).
Ezek 32:11-16
The judgment upon Egypt will be executed by the king of Babylon. - Ezek 32:11. For thus saith the Lord Jehovah, The sword of the king of Babylon will come upon thee. Ezek 32:12. By swords of heroes will I cause thy tumult to fall, violent ones of the nations are they all, and will lay waste the pride of Egypt, and all its tumult will be destroyed. Ezek 32:13. And I will cut off all its cattle from the great waters, that no foot of man may disturb them any more, nor any hoof of cattle disturb them. Ezek 32:14. Then will I cause their waters to settle and their streams to flow like oil, is the saying of the Lord Jehovah, Ezek 32:15. When I make the land of Egypt a desert, and the land is made desolate of its fulness, because I smite all the inhabitants therein, and they shall know that I am Jehovah. Ezek 32:16. A lamentatoin (mournful ode) is this, and they will sing it mournfully; the daughters of the nations will sing it mournfully, over Egypt and over all its tumult will they sing it mournfully, is the saying of the Lord Jehovah. - In this concluding strophe the figurative announcement of the preceding one is summed up briefly in literal terms; and toward the close (Ezek 32:14) there is a slight intimation of a better future. The destruction of the proud might of Egypt will be effected through the king of Babylon and his brave and violent hosts. עריצי גּוים, as in Ezek 31:12 (see the comm. on Ezek 28:7). המון in Ezek 32:12 and Ezek 32:13 must not be restricted to the multitude of people. It signifies tumult, and embraces everything in Egypt by which noise and confusion were made (as in Ezek 31:2 and Ezek 31:18); although the idea of a multitude of people undoubtedly predominates in the use of המון in Ezek 32:12. גּאון , the pride of Egypt, is not that of which Egypt is proud, but whatever is proud or exalts itself in Egypt. The utter devastation of Egypt includes the destruction of the cattle, i.e., of the numerous herds which fed on the grassy banks of the Nile and were driven to the Nile to drink (cf. Gen 47:6; Gen 41:2.; Ex 9:3); and this is therefore specially mentioned in Ezek 32:13, with an allusion to the consequence thereof, namely, that the waters of the Nile would not be disturbed any more either by the foot of man or hoof of beast (compare Ezek 32:13 with Ezek 29:11). The disturbing of the water is mentioned with evident reference to Ezek 32:2, where Pharaoh is depicted as a sea-monster, which disturbs the streams of water. The disturbance of the water is therefore a figurative representation of the wild driving of the imperial power of Egypt, by which the life-giving streams of the nations were stirred up.
Ezek 32:14. Then will God cause the waters of Egypt to sink. Hitzig and Kliefoth understand this as signifying the diminution of the abundance of water in the Nile, which had previously overflowed the land and rendered it fertile, but for which there was no further purpose now. According to this explanation, the words would contain a continued picture of the devastation of the land. But this is evidently a mistake, for the simple reason that it is irreconcilable with the אז, by which the thought is introduced. אז, tunc, is more precisely defined by 'בּתתּי וגו in Ezek 32:15 as the time when the devastation has taken place; whereas Kliefoth takes the 15th verse, in opposition both to the words and the usage of the language, as the sequel to Ezek 32:14, or in other words, regards בּתתּי as synonymous with ונתתּי. The verse contains a promise, as most of the commentators, led by the Chaldee and Jerome, have correctly assumed.
(Note: The explanation of Jerome is the following: "Then will purest waters, which had been disturbed by the sway of the dragon, be restored not by another, but by the Lord Himself; so that their streams flow like oil, and are the nutriment of true light.")
השׁקיע, to make the water sink, might no doubt signify in itself a diminution of the abundance of water. But if we consider the context, in which reference is made to the disturbance of the water through its being trodden with the feet (Ezek 32:13), השׁקיע can only signify to settle, i.e., to become clear through the sinking to the bottom of the slime which had been stirred up (cf. Ezek 34:18). The correctness of this explanation is confirmed by the parallel clause, to make their streams flow with oil. To understand this as signifying the slow and gentle flow of the diminished water, would introduce a figure of which there is no trace in Hebrew. Oil is used throughout the Scriptures as a figurative representation of the divine blessing, or the power of the divine Spirit. כּשׁמן, like oil, according to Hebrew phraseology, is equivalent to "like rivers of oil." And oil-rivers are not rivers which flow quietly like oil, but rivers which contain oil instead of water (cf. Job 29:6), and are symbolical of the rich blessing of God (cf. Deut 32:13). The figure is a very appropriate one for Egypt, as the land is indebted to the Nile for all its fertility. Whereas its water had been stirred up and rendered turbid by Pharaoh; after the fall of Pharaoh the Lord will cause the waters of the stream, which pours its blessings upon the land, to purify themselves, and will make its streams flow with oil. The clarified water and flowing oil are figures of the life-giving power of the word and Spirit of God. But this blessing will not flow to Egypt till its natural power is destroyed. Ewald has therefore given the following as the precise meaning of Ezek 32:14 : "The Messianic times will then for the first time dawn on Egypt, when the waters no more become devastating and turbid, that is to say, through the true knowledge to which the chastisement leads." Ezek 32:16 "rounds off the passage by turning back to Ezek 32:2" (Hitzig). The daughters of the nations are mentioned as the singers, because mourning for the dead was for the most part the business of women (cf. Jer 9:16). The words do not contain a summons to the daughters of the nations to sing the lamentation, but the declaration that they will do it, in which the thought is implied that the predicted devastation of Egypt will certainly occur.
Geneva 1599
32:1 And it came to pass in the (a) twelfth year, in the twelfth month, in the first [day] of the month, [that] the word of the LORD came to me, saying,
(a) Which was the first year of the general captivity under Zedekiah.
John Gill
32:1 And it came to pass in the twelfth year,.... Of Jeconiah's captivity, above a year and a half after the taking of Jerusalem; the Syriac version reads in the eleventh year:
in the twelfth month, in the first day of the month; the month Adar, which answers to part of our February, and part of March; the Septuagint version reads it the tenth month: according to Bishop Usher (t), this was on the twenty second of March, on the fourth day of the week (Wednesday), 3417 A.M.or 587 years before Christ:
that the word of the Lord came unto me, saying; as follows:
(t) Annales Vet. Test. A. M. 3417.
John Wesley
32:1 Twelfth year - Of the captivity of Jeconiah.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:1 TWO ELEGIES OVER PHARAOH, ONE DELIVERED ON THE FIRST DAY (Ezek 32:1), THE OTHER ON THE FIFTEENTH DAY OF THE SAME MONTH, THE TWELFTH OF THE TWELFTH YEAR. (Eze. 32:1-32)
The twelfth year from the carrying away of Jehoiachin; Jerusalem was by this time overthrown, and Amasis was beginning his revolt against Pharaoh-hophra.
32:232:2: Որդի մարդոյ՝ ո՛ղբս առ ՚ի վերայ փարաւովնի արքային Եգիպտացւոց՝ եւ ասասցես ցնա. Առիւծացար ՚ի մէջ ազգաց, եւ նմանեցար վիշապի՛ ՚ի մէջ ծովու. եւ ոգորէիր ընդ գետս քո, եւ առ սմբակ պղտորէիր զջուրսն, եւ առաթո՛ւր կոխա՛ն առնէիր զգետս քո։
2 «Մարդո՛ւ որդի, ողբա՛ եգիպտացիների արքայ Փարաւոնի վրայ ու ասա՛ նրան.“ Առիւծացար ազգերի մէջեւ վիշապի նմանուեցիր ծովում: Մարտնչում էիր քո գետերի դէմ,սմբակիդ տակ պղտորում էիր ջրերը,ոտնակոխ էիր անում գետերը”:
2 «Որդի՛ մարդոյ, Եգիպտոսի Փարաւոն թագաւորին վրայ ողբա՛ ու անոր ըսէ՛.‘Դուն ազգերու մէջ առոյգ առիւծի կը նմանիս Եւ ծովերու մէջ վիշապի պէս ես։Դուն գետերուդ վրայ կը յարձակիս Ու ոտքերովդ ջուրերը կը խառնես Եւ անոնց գետերը կը պղտորես’։
Որդի մարդոյ, ողբս առ ի վերայ փարաւոնի արքային Եգիպտացւոց եւ ասասցես ցնա. [689]Առիւծացար ի մէջ ազգաց, եւ նմանեցար վիշապի`` ի մէջ ծովու, եւ ոգորէիր ընդ գետս քո, եւ առ սմբակ պղտորէիր զջուրսն, եւ առաթուր կոխան առնէիր զգետս [690]քո:

32:2: Որդի մարդոյ՝ ո՛ղբս առ ՚ի վերայ փարաւովնի արքային Եգիպտացւոց՝ եւ ասասցես ցնա. Առիւծացար ՚ի մէջ ազգաց, եւ նմանեցար վիշապի՛ ՚ի մէջ ծովու. եւ ոգորէիր ընդ գետս քո, եւ առ սմբակ պղտորէիր զջուրսն, եւ առաթո՛ւր կոխա՛ն առնէիր զգետս քո։
2 «Մարդո՛ւ որդի, ողբա՛ եգիպտացիների արքայ Փարաւոնի վրայ ու ասա՛ նրան.“ Առիւծացար ազգերի մէջեւ վիշապի նմանուեցիր ծովում: Մարտնչում էիր քո գետերի դէմ,սմբակիդ տակ պղտորում էիր ջրերը,ոտնակոխ էիր անում գետերը”:
2 «Որդի՛ մարդոյ, Եգիպտոսի Փարաւոն թագաւորին վրայ ողբա՛ ու անոր ըսէ՛.‘Դուն ազգերու մէջ առոյգ առիւծի կը նմանիս Եւ ծովերու մէջ վիշապի պէս ես։Դուն գետերուդ վրայ կը յարձակիս Ու ոտքերովդ ջուրերը կը խառնես Եւ անոնց գետերը կը պղտորես’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:232:2 сын человеческий! подними плач о фараоне, царе Египетском, и скажи ему: ты, как молодой лев между народами и как чудовище в морях, кидаешься в реках твоих, и мутишь ногами твоими воды, и попираешь потоки их.
32:2 υἱὲ υιος son ἀνθρώπου ανθρωπος person; human λαβὲ λαμβανω take; get θρῆνον θρηνος lament ἐπὶ επι in; on Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao βασιλέα βασιλευς monarch; king Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos καὶ και and; even ἐρεῖς ερεω.1 state; mentioned αὐτῷ αυτος he; him λέοντι λεων lion ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste ὡμοιώθης ομοιοω like; liken καὶ και and; even σὺ συ you ὡς ως.1 as; how δράκων δρακων dragon ὁ ο the ἐν εν in τῇ ο the θαλάσσῃ θαλασσα sea καὶ και and; even ἐκεράτιζες κερατιζω the ποταμοῖς ποταμος river σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even ἐτάρασσες ταρασσω stir up; trouble ὕδωρ υδωρ water τοῖς ο the ποσίν πους foot; pace σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even κατεπάτεις καταπατεω trample τοὺς ο the ποταμούς ποταμος river σου σου of you; your
32:2 בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son אָדָ֗ם ʔāḏˈām אָדָם human, mankind שָׂ֤א śˈā נשׂא lift קִינָה֙ qînˌā קִינָה elegy עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פַּרְעֹ֣ה parʕˈō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וְ wᵊ וְ and אָמַרְתָּ֣ ʔāmartˈā אמר say אֵלָ֔יו ʔēlˈāʸw אֶל to כְּפִ֥יר kᵊfˌîr כְּפִיר young lion גֹּויִ֖ם gôyˌim גֹּוי people נִדְמֵ֑יתָ niḏmˈêṯā דמה be silent וְ wᵊ וְ and אַתָּה֙ ʔattˌā אַתָּה you כַּ ka כְּ as † הַ the תַּנִּ֣ים ttannˈîm תַּנִּים sea-monster בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the יַּמִּ֔ים yyammˈîm יָם sea וַ wa וְ and תָּ֣גַח ttˈāḡaḥ גיח burst forth בְּ bᵊ בְּ in נַהֲרֹותֶ֗יךָ nahᵃrôṯˈeʸḵā נָהָר stream וַ wa וְ and תִּדְלַח־ ttiḏlaḥ- דלח make turbid מַ֨יִם֙ mˈayim מַיִם water בְּ bᵊ בְּ in רַגְלֶ֔יךָ raḡlˈeʸḵā רֶגֶל foot וַ wa וְ and תִּרְפֹּ֖ס ttirpˌōs רפס [uncertain] נַהֲרֹותָֽם׃ nahᵃrôṯˈām נָהָר stream
32:2. fili hominis adsume lamentum super Pharao regem Aegypti et dices ad eum leoni gentium adsimilatus es et draconi qui est in mari et ventilabas cornu in fluminibus tuis et conturbabas aquas pedibus tuis et conculcabas flumina eorumSon of man, take up a lamentation for Pharao the king of Egypt, and say to him: Thou art like the lion of the nations, and the dragon that is in the sea: and thou didst push with the horn in thy rivers, and didst trouble the waters with thy feet, and didst trample upon their streams.
2. Son of man, take up a lamentation for Pharaoh king of Egypt, and say unto him, Thou wast likened unto a young lion of the nations: yet art thou as a dragon in the seas; and thou brakest forth with thy rivers, and troubledst the waters with thy feet, and fouledst their rivers.
32:2. “Son of man, take up a lamentation over Pharaoh, the king of Egypt, and you shall say to him: You are like the lion of the Gentiles, and like the dragon that is in the sea. And you brandished a horn among your rivers, and you disturbed the waters with your feet, and you trampled upon their rivers.
32:2. Son of man, take up a lamentation for Pharaoh king of Egypt, and say unto him, Thou art like a young lion of the nations, and thou [art] as a whale in the seas: and thou camest forth with thy rivers, and troubledst the waters with thy feet, and fouledst their rivers.
Son of man, take up a lamentation for Pharaoh king of Egypt, and say unto him, Thou art like a young lion of the nations, and thou [art] as a whale in the seas: and thou camest forth with thy rivers, and troubledst the waters with thy feet, and fouledst their rivers:

32:2 сын человеческий! подними плач о фараоне, царе Египетском, и скажи ему: ты, как молодой лев между народами и как чудовище в морях, кидаешься в реках твоих, и мутишь ногами твоими воды, и попираешь потоки их.
32:2
υἱὲ υιος son
ἀνθρώπου ανθρωπος person; human
λαβὲ λαμβανω take; get
θρῆνον θρηνος lament
ἐπὶ επι in; on
Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao
βασιλέα βασιλευς monarch; king
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
καὶ και and; even
ἐρεῖς ερεω.1 state; mentioned
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
λέοντι λεων lion
ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste
ὡμοιώθης ομοιοω like; liken
καὶ και and; even
σὺ συ you
ὡς ως.1 as; how
δράκων δρακων dragon
ο the
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
θαλάσσῃ θαλασσα sea
καὶ και and; even
ἐκεράτιζες κερατιζω the
ποταμοῖς ποταμος river
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
ἐτάρασσες ταρασσω stir up; trouble
ὕδωρ υδωρ water
τοῖς ο the
ποσίν πους foot; pace
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
κατεπάτεις καταπατεω trample
τοὺς ο the
ποταμούς ποταμος river
σου σου of you; your
32:2
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
אָדָ֗ם ʔāḏˈām אָדָם human, mankind
שָׂ֤א śˈā נשׂא lift
קִינָה֙ qînˌā קִינָה elegy
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פַּרְעֹ֣ה parʕˈō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh
מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אָמַרְתָּ֣ ʔāmartˈā אמר say
אֵלָ֔יו ʔēlˈāʸw אֶל to
כְּפִ֥יר kᵊfˌîr כְּפִיר young lion
גֹּויִ֖ם gôyˌim גֹּוי people
נִדְמֵ֑יתָ niḏmˈêṯā דמה be silent
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַתָּה֙ ʔattˌā אַתָּה you
כַּ ka כְּ as
הַ the
תַּנִּ֣ים ttannˈîm תַּנִּים sea-monster
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
יַּמִּ֔ים yyammˈîm יָם sea
וַ wa וְ and
תָּ֣גַח ttˈāḡaḥ גיח burst forth
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
נַהֲרֹותֶ֗יךָ nahᵃrôṯˈeʸḵā נָהָר stream
וַ wa וְ and
תִּדְלַח־ ttiḏlaḥ- דלח make turbid
מַ֨יִם֙ mˈayim מַיִם water
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
רַגְלֶ֔יךָ raḡlˈeʸḵā רֶגֶל foot
וַ wa וְ and
תִּרְפֹּ֖ס ttirpˌōs רפס [uncertain]
נַהֲרֹותָֽם׃ nahᵃrôṯˈām נָהָר stream
32:2. fili hominis adsume lamentum super Pharao regem Aegypti et dices ad eum leoni gentium adsimilatus es et draconi qui est in mari et ventilabas cornu in fluminibus tuis et conturbabas aquas pedibus tuis et conculcabas flumina eorum
Son of man, take up a lamentation for Pharao the king of Egypt, and say to him: Thou art like the lion of the nations, and the dragon that is in the sea: and thou didst push with the horn in thy rivers, and didst trouble the waters with thy feet, and didst trample upon their streams.
32:2. “Son of man, take up a lamentation over Pharaoh, the king of Egypt, and you shall say to him: You are like the lion of the Gentiles, and like the dragon that is in the sea. And you brandished a horn among your rivers, and you disturbed the waters with your feet, and you trampled upon their rivers.
32:2. Son of man, take up a lamentation for Pharaoh king of Egypt, and say unto him, Thou art like a young lion of the nations, and thou [art] as a whale in the seas: and thou camest forth with thy rivers, and troubledst the waters with thy feet, and fouledst their rivers.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
2. “Плач”. Исаия в XIV гл. поднимает плач о Вавилонии: Иезекииль один о Тире, и другой об Египте. - “Молодой лев”. С ним фараон сравнивается за свою сухопутную силу, а с морским чудовищем - за морскую. - “Чудовище”- евр. тонким = ХХIX:3, где оно переведено крокодил; LXX и Вульг. там и здесь: “змий”, drakwn, draco: некоторые черты в дальнейшем описании “чудовища” позволяют думать, что Иезекииль к образу крокодила присоединяет и образ гиппопотама. - “Кидаешься” - букв. “пускаешь пену”, т. е. ноздрями; LXX: “бил еси рогами”, exekratizeV. Когда крокодил вынырнет из глубины, то он выпускает через ноздри воду. Иезекииль отсюда берет образ для гордости фараона. Египет гордился обильным орошением и, переводя множество войск через все свои воды, этим мутил их. Страсть Египта к завоеваниям и разрушила его силы и взволновала соседние народы.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:2: Thou art like a young lion - and thou art as a whale in the seas - Thou mayest be likened to two of the fiercest animals in the creation; to a lion, the fiercest on the land; to a crocodile, תנים tannim, (see Eze 29:3), the fiercest in the waters. It may, however, point out the hippopotamus, as there seems to be a reference to his mode of feeding. He walks deliberately into the water over head, and pursues his way in the same manner; still keeping on his feet, and feeding on the plants, etc., that grow at the bottom. Thus he fouls the water with his feet.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:2: Thou art like ... - Rather, Thou wouldest be like to (others, "wast likened unto") a young lion.
And thou art - In contrast to what thou wouldest be.
A whale - Rather, crocodile (marginal reference note). Pharaoh should have been like the king of beasts, but he is a mere sea-monster. There is strong irony here, because the Egyptian king was proud of the comparison between himself and the mighty crocodile.
Seas - The word is often used of the waters of a great river, like the Nile.
Thou camest forth with thy rivers - Rather, thou didst burst forth in "thy rivers" as the crocodile does from the water into which he has plunged.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:2: take up: Eze 32:16, Eze 32:18, Eze 19:1, Eze 27:2, Eze 27:32, Eze 28:12; Jer 9:18
Thou art like: Eze 19:2-6, Eze 38:13; Gen 49:9; Num 24:9; Pro 28:15; Jer 4:7; Nah 2:11-13
and thou art as: Eze 29:3; Psa 74:13, Psa 74:14; Isa 27:1, Isa 51:9
whale: or, dragon
and troubledst: Eze 34:18
Geneva 1599
32:2 Son of man, take up a lamentation for Pharaoh king of Egypt, and say to him, Thou art like a young (b) lion of the nations, and thou [art] as a whale in the seas: and thou didst come forth with thy rivers, and didst (c) trouble the waters with thy feet, and didst foul their rivers.
(b) Thus the scriptures compare tyrants to cruel and huge beasts which devour all that are weaker than they and such as they may overcome.
(c) You prepared great armies.
John Gill
32:2 Son of man, take up a lamentation for Pharaoh king of Egypt,.... Pharaohhophra, or Apries; say a funeral dirge for him; this is ordered, not out of honour and respect to him, or in compassion for his misery and ruin, but to assure him of it:
and say unto him, thou art like a young lion of the nations; for strength and fierceness, for cruelty and tyranny, which he exercised, not in one nation only, but in many; a lively emblem of the beast of Rome, spiritually called Egypt and Sodom, compared to a leopard, bear, and lion, Rev_ 11:8,
and thou art as a whale in the seas; or rather "like a crocodile" (u), which was common in the rivers of Egypt, but not the whale; which also has not scales, nor does it go upon land, nor is it taken in a net; all which is said of this creature here, and in Ezek 29:3 and to the crocodile there is an allusion in the name of Pharaoh, in the Arabic language, as Noldius from Camius observes (w); see Ezek 29:3,
and thou camest forth with thy rivers; or, "by thy rivers" (x); as the crocodile in the river Nile, by the arms of it, or canals made out of it, sometimes went out from thence to other parts: or, "out of thy rivers" (y) upon the land, as the crocodile does; so the king of Egypt went forth with his armies out of his own land, into other countries, to disturb them, as follows: or rather, "camest forth in thy rivers" (z); as the crocodile puts forth its head out of the water for respiration:
and thou troublest the waters with thy feet, and foulest their rivers; just as the feet of men or beasts, in shallow waters, raise up the mud or clay at the bottom, and so foul them; this best agrees with the crocodile, which has feet; Grotius thinks, for this reason, the sea horse is intended; the meaning is, that Pharaoh with his soldiers entered other nations, made war upon them, and disturbed their peace and tranquillity. The Targum is,
"thou hast been strong among the people, as a whale in the seas, thou hast fought with thine army; and thou hast moved the people with thine auxiliaries, and thou hast wasted their provinces.''
(u) "similis es crocodile", Noldius, Ebr. Concord. Part. p. 375. (w) Ibid. No. 1306. (x) "per flumina tua", Vatablus, Junius & Tremellius, Polanus. (y) "Ex fluminibus tuis", Starckius. (z) "In fluviis tuis", V. L. Piscator; "in fluminibus tuis", Cocceius.
John Wesley
32:2 Like a young lion - Spoiling all thou canst. Crocodile - The crocodiles lay in the rivers, though sometimes they went down the river to the sea. With thy rivers - Raisedst mighty armies, and didst lead them out against thy neighbours. The waters - The people, and kings near thee. Thy feet - With thy soldiers. Fouledst - Didst spoil all the conveniences of thy neighbours.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:2 Pharaoh--"Phra" in Burmah, signifies the king, high priest, and idol.
whale--rather, any monster of the waters; here, the crocodile of the Nile. Pharaoh is as a lion on dry land, a crocodile in the waters; that is, an object of terror everywhere.
camest forth with thy rivers--"breakest forth" [FAIRBAIRN]. The antithesis of "seas" and "rivers" favors GROTIUS rendering, "Thou camest forth from the sea into the rivers"; that is, from thy own empire into other states. However, English Version is favored by the "thy": thou camest forth with thy rivers (that is, with thy forces) and with thy feet didst fall irrecoverably; so Israel, once desolate, troubles the waters (that is, neighboring states).
32:332:3: Ա՛յսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Պատեցից զքեզ թակարդօք իմովք, եւ ժողովովք զօրաց բազմաց. եւ հանից զքեզ կարթիւ իմով[12804]. [12804] Ոմանք. Եւ ժողովք զօրաց բազմաց։
3 Այսպէս է ասում Տէր Աստուած.“ Քեզ շրջապատելու եմ իմ թակարդներովու հաւաքուած բազմաթիւ զօրքերով: Քեզ դուրս եմ հանելու իմ կարթով,գետնահար փռելու եմ քեզ երկրի երեսին,
3 Տէր Եհովան այսպէս կ’ըսէ.‘Ես շատ ազգերու ժողովուրդով Իմ ցանցս քու վրադ պիտի տարածեմ Եւ քեզ իմ ուռկանովս պիտի հանեմ։
Այսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Պատեցից զքեզ թակարդօք իմովք ժողովովք զօրաց բազմաց, եւ [691]հանից զքեզ կարթիւ իմով:

32:3: Ա՛յսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Պատեցից զքեզ թակարդօք իմովք, եւ ժողովովք զօրաց բազմաց. եւ հանից զքեզ կարթիւ իմով[12804].
[12804] Ոմանք. Եւ ժողովք զօրաց բազմաց։
3 Այսպէս է ասում Տէր Աստուած.“ Քեզ շրջապատելու եմ իմ թակարդներովու հաւաքուած բազմաթիւ զօրքերով: Քեզ դուրս եմ հանելու իմ կարթով,գետնահար փռելու եմ քեզ երկրի երեսին,
3 Տէր Եհովան այսպէս կ’ըսէ.‘Ես շատ ազգերու ժողովուրդով Իմ ցանցս քու վրադ պիտի տարածեմ Եւ քեզ իմ ուռկանովս պիտի հանեմ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:332:3 Так говорит Господь Бог: Я закину на тебя сеть Мою в собрании многих народов, и они вытащат тебя Моею мрежею.
32:3 τάδε οδε further; this λέγει λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master καὶ και and; even περιβαλῶ περιβαλλω drape; clothe ἐπὶ επι in; on σὲ σε.1 you δίκτυα δικτυον net λαῶν λαος populace; population πολλῶν πολυς much; many καὶ και and; even ἀνάξω αναγω lead up; head up σε σε.1 you ἐν εν in τῷ ο the ἀγκίστρῳ αγκιστρον hook μου μου of me; mine
32:3 כֹּ֤ה kˈō כֹּה thus אָמַר֙ ʔāmˌar אמר say אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהוִ֔ה [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH וּ û וְ and פָרַשְׂתִּ֤י fāraśtˈî פרשׂ spread out עָלֶ֨יךָ֙ ʕālˈeʸḵā עַל upon אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] רִשְׁתִּ֔י rištˈî רֶשֶׁת net בִּ bi בְּ in קְהַ֖ל qᵊhˌal קָהָל assembly עַמִּ֣ים ʕammˈîm עַם people רַבִּ֑ים rabbˈîm רַב much וְ wᵊ וְ and הֶעֱל֖וּךָ heʕᵉlˌûḵā עלה ascend בְּ bᵊ בְּ in חֶרְמִֽי׃ ḥermˈî חֵרֶם net
32:3. propterea haec dicit Dominus Deus expandam super te rete meum in multitudine populorum multorum et extrahent te in sagena meaTherefore, thus saith the Lord God: I will spread out my net over thee with the multitude of many people, and I will draw thee up in my net.
3. Thus saith the Lord GOD: I will spread out my net over thee with a company of many peoples; and they shall bring thee up in my net.
32:3. Because of this, thus says the Lord God: I will spread my net over you, with the multitude of many peoples, and I will draw you into my dragnet.
32:3. Thus saith the Lord GOD; I will therefore spread out my net over thee with a company of many people; and they shall bring thee up in my net.
Thus saith the Lord GOD; I will therefore spread out my net over thee with a company of many people; and they shall bring thee up in my net:

32:3 Так говорит Господь Бог: Я закину на тебя сеть Мою в собрании многих народов, и они вытащат тебя Моею мрежею.
32:3
τάδε οδε further; this
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
καὶ και and; even
περιβαλῶ περιβαλλω drape; clothe
ἐπὶ επι in; on
σὲ σε.1 you
δίκτυα δικτυον net
λαῶν λαος populace; population
πολλῶν πολυς much; many
καὶ και and; even
ἀνάξω αναγω lead up; head up
σε σε.1 you
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
ἀγκίστρῳ αγκιστρον hook
μου μου of me; mine
32:3
כֹּ֤ה kˈō כֹּה thus
אָמַר֙ ʔāmˌar אמר say
אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהוִ֔ה [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
וּ û וְ and
פָרַשְׂתִּ֤י fāraśtˈî פרשׂ spread out
עָלֶ֨יךָ֙ ʕālˈeʸḵā עַל upon
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
רִשְׁתִּ֔י rištˈî רֶשֶׁת net
בִּ bi בְּ in
קְהַ֖ל qᵊhˌal קָהָל assembly
עַמִּ֣ים ʕammˈîm עַם people
רַבִּ֑ים rabbˈîm רַב much
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֶעֱל֖וּךָ heʕᵉlˌûḵā עלה ascend
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
חֶרְמִֽי׃ ḥermˈî חֵרֶם net
32:3. propterea haec dicit Dominus Deus expandam super te rete meum in multitudine populorum multorum et extrahent te in sagena mea
Therefore, thus saith the Lord God: I will spread out my net over thee with the multitude of many people, and I will draw thee up in my net.
32:3. Because of this, thus says the Lord God: I will spread my net over you, with the multitude of many peoples, and I will draw you into my dragnet.
32:3. Thus saith the Lord GOD; I will therefore spread out my net over thee with a company of many people; and they shall bring thee up in my net.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
3. Чтобы поймать крокодила сетью, можно представить себе, какой величины она должна быть и сколько людей (“в собрании многих народов”) для этого требуется, Но, вообще, крокодилов так не ловят. Гиппопотамов же (см. в ст. 2) ловят. Кроме того, это вообще любимое у Иезекииля представление суда Божия над нечестивыми царями и царствами: XII:13; XVII:20; ХIX:8. Множество народов должно быть свидетелями суда Божия над фараоном: XXIII:24: и др.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:3: Eze 12:13, Eze 17:20; Ecc 9:12; Jer 16:16; Lam 1:13; Hos 7:12; Hab 1:14-17
John Gill
32:3 Thus saith the Lord God,.... The Lord God Almighty, who is able to manage this fierce and turbulent creature, this mighty monarch and disturber of the nations:
I will therefore spread out my net over thee with a company of many people; meaning the Chaldean army, which the Lord would instigate, and by his providence bring against the king of Egypt, and surround him as fishes in a net, and take him and his people; see Ezek 12:13,
and they shall bring thee up in my net; out of his rivers, out of his fortresses, out of his own land, and carry him captive, or destroy him.
John Wesley
32:3 With a company - In the countries, where these creatures were hunted, they went in mighty companies.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:3 with a company of many people--namely, the Chaldeans (Ezek 29:3-4; Hos 7:12).
my net--for they are My instrument.
32:432:4: տախտապարեցի՛ց զքեզ ՚ի վերայ երկրի, եւ լցցին քեւ դաշտք. եւ իջուցի՛ց ՚ի վերայ քո զամենայն թռչունս երկնից, եւ յագեցուցից ՚ի քէն զամենայն գազանս երկրի։
4 քեզնով լցուելու են դաշտերը: Քեզ վրայ եմ իջեցնելու երկնքի բոլոր թռչուններին,քեզնով յագեցնելու՝ երկրի բոլոր գազաններին:
4 Քեզ գետինը պիտի նետեմ, Քեզ դաշտի երեսին վրայ պիտի ձգեմ, Քու վրադ երկնքի բոլոր թռչունները պիտի իջեցնեմ.
Տախտապարեցից զքեզ ի վերայ երկրի, [692]եւ լցցին քեւ դաշտք``. եւ իջուցից ի վերայ քո զամենայն թռչունս երկնից, եւ յագեցուցից ի քէն զամենայն գազանս երկրի:

32:4: տախտապարեցի՛ց զքեզ ՚ի վերայ երկրի, եւ լցցին քեւ դաշտք. եւ իջուցի՛ց ՚ի վերայ քո զամենայն թռչունս երկնից, եւ յագեցուցից ՚ի քէն զամենայն գազանս երկրի։
4 քեզնով լցուելու են դաշտերը: Քեզ վրայ եմ իջեցնելու երկնքի բոլոր թռչուններին,քեզնով յագեցնելու՝ երկրի բոլոր գազաններին:
4 Քեզ գետինը պիտի նետեմ, Քեզ դաշտի երեսին վրայ պիտի ձգեմ, Քու վրադ երկնքի բոլոր թռչունները պիտի իջեցնեմ.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:432:4 И выкину тебя на землю, на открытом поле брошу тебя, и будут садиться на тебя всякие небесные птицы, и насыщаться тобою звери всей земли.
32:4 καὶ και and; even ἐκτενῶ εκτεινω extend σε σε.1 you ἐπὶ επι in; on τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land πεδία πεδιον fill; fulfill σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even ἐπικαθιῶ επικαθιζω sit upon ἐπὶ επι in; on σὲ σε.1 you πάντα πας all; every τὰ ο the πετεινὰ πετεινος bird τοῦ ο the οὐρανοῦ ουρανος sky; heaven καὶ και and; even ἐμπλήσω εμπιπλημι fill in; fill up ἐκ εκ from; out of σοῦ σου of you; your πάντα πας all; every τὰ ο the θηρία θηριον beast πάσης πας all; every τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land
32:4 וּ û וְ and נְטַשְׁתִּ֣יךָ nᵊṭaštˈîḵā נטשׁ abandon בָ vā בְּ in † הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פְּנֵ֥י pᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face הַ ha הַ the שָּׂדֶ֖ה śśāḏˌeh שָׂדֶה open field אֲטִילֶ֑ךָ ʔᵃṭîlˈeḵā טול cast וְ wᵊ וְ and הִשְׁכַּנְתִּ֤י hiškantˈî שׁכן dwell עָלֶ֨יךָ֙ ʕālˈeʸḵā עַל upon כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole עֹ֣וף ʕˈôf עֹוף birds הַ ha הַ the שָּׁמַ֔יִם ššāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens וְ wᵊ וְ and הִשְׂבַּעְתִּ֥י hiśbaʕtˌî שׂבע be sated מִמְּךָ֖ mimmᵊḵˌā מִן from חַיַּ֥ת ḥayyˌaṯ חַיָּה wild animal כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הָ hā הַ the אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
32:4. et proiciam te in terram super faciem agri abiciam te et habitare faciam super te omnia volatilia caeli et saturabo de te bestias universae terraeAnd I will throw thee out on the land, I will cast thee away into the open field and I will cause all the fowls of the air to dwell upon thee, and I will fill the beasts of all the earth with thee.
4. And I will leave thee upon the land, I will cast thee forth upon the open field, and will cause all the fowls of the heaven to settle upon thee, and I will satisfy the beasts of the whole earth with thee.
32:4. And I will throw you upon the land. I will cast you upon the surface of the field. And I will cause all the birds of the air to live upon you. And I will satiate the beasts of the entire earth with you.
32:4. Then will I leave thee upon the land, I will cast thee forth upon the open field, and will cause all the fowls of the heaven to remain upon thee, and I will fill the beasts of the whole earth with thee.
Then will I leave thee upon the land, I will cast thee forth upon the open field, and will cause all the fowls of the heaven to remain upon thee, and I will fill the beasts of the whole earth with thee:

32:4 И выкину тебя на землю, на открытом поле брошу тебя, и будут садиться на тебя всякие небесные птицы, и насыщаться тобою звери всей земли.
32:4
καὶ και and; even
ἐκτενῶ εκτεινω extend
σε σε.1 you
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
πεδία πεδιον fill; fulfill
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
ἐπικαθιῶ επικαθιζω sit upon
ἐπὶ επι in; on
σὲ σε.1 you
πάντα πας all; every
τὰ ο the
πετεινὰ πετεινος bird
τοῦ ο the
οὐρανοῦ ουρανος sky; heaven
καὶ και and; even
ἐμπλήσω εμπιπλημι fill in; fill up
ἐκ εκ from; out of
σοῦ σου of you; your
πάντα πας all; every
τὰ ο the
θηρία θηριον beast
πάσης πας all; every
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
32:4
וּ û וְ and
נְטַשְׁתִּ֣יךָ nᵊṭaštˈîḵā נטשׁ abandon
בָ בְּ in
הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פְּנֵ֥י pᵊnˌê פָּנֶה face
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׂדֶ֖ה śśāḏˌeh שָׂדֶה open field
אֲטִילֶ֑ךָ ʔᵃṭîlˈeḵā טול cast
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִשְׁכַּנְתִּ֤י hiškantˈî שׁכן dwell
עָלֶ֨יךָ֙ ʕālˈeʸḵā עַל upon
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
עֹ֣וף ʕˈôf עֹוף birds
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁמַ֔יִם ššāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִשְׂבַּעְתִּ֥י hiśbaʕtˌî שׂבע be sated
מִמְּךָ֖ mimmᵊḵˌā מִן from
חַיַּ֥ת ḥayyˌaṯ חַיָּה wild animal
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הָ הַ the
אָֽרֶץ׃ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
32:4. et proiciam te in terram super faciem agri abiciam te et habitare faciam super te omnia volatilia caeli et saturabo de te bestias universae terrae
And I will throw thee out on the land, I will cast thee away into the open field and I will cause all the fowls of the air to dwell upon thee, and I will fill the beasts of all the earth with thee.
32:4. And I will throw you upon the land. I will cast you upon the surface of the field. And I will cause all the birds of the air to live upon you. And I will satiate the beasts of the entire earth with you.
32:4. Then will I leave thee upon the land, I will cast thee forth upon the open field, and will cause all the fowls of the heaven to remain upon thee, and I will fill the beasts of the whole earth with thee.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
4. Морского зверя (крокодила, гиппопотама) легко убить только на суше, где он лишен своей стихии. Агафархид (р. 27: и д Сменд) и Диодор (III, 14, 40; ср. Нег. II, 69: и др.) рассказывают, что ихтиофагам в Африке служат пищей выброшенные на берег морские звери; ср. Пс LXXIII:14: по LXX. Образ Левиафана или морского чудовища, послужившего пищей зверям и птицам, стал с Иезекииля любимым в евр. апокалиптике: 3: Езд VI:49, 52: и др. Погибающее царство будет по клочкам разрываться соседними народами, как падаль хищными птицами и зверями.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:4: Eze 29:5, Eze 31:12, Eze 31:13, Eze 39:4, Eze 39:5, Eze 39:17-20; Sa1 17:44-46; Psa 63:10, Psa 74:14; Psa 79:2, Psa 79:3, Psa 83:9, Psa 83:10, Psa 110:5, Psa 110:6; Isa 14:19, Isa 18:6, Isa 34:2-7, Isa 66:24; Jer 8:2; Jer 25:33; Joe 3:19; Rev 19:17, Rev 19:18
John Gill
32:4 Then will I leave thee upon the land,.... Like a fish that is drawn out of the waters with a net or hook, and laid on dry land, and left gasping and expiring, where it cannot long live:
I will cast thee forth on the open field; the same in different words, signifying that his army should fall in battle by the sword of the Cyreneans, or Chaldeans, or both, and be left on the surface of the earth unburied:
and will cause all the fowls of the heavens to remain upon thee, and I will fill the beasts of the whole earth with thee; which may be understood either literally of the fowls of the air, that should light upon the slain carcasses, and rest on them till they had satisfied themselves with their flesh; and of the beasts of the field that should gather about them from all parts, and fill themselves with them; see Rev_ 19:17 or figuratively of the soldiers of the enemy's army, that should plunder them, and enrich themselves with the spoil.
John Wesley
32:4 Leave thee - This was literally fulfilled in the deserts of Lybia, where the slain of Hophra's army, were left to be devoured by fowls and beasts.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:4 leave thee upon the land--as a fish drawn out of the water loses all its strength, so Pharaoh (in Ezek 32:3, compared to a water monster) shall be (Ezek 29:5).
32:532:5: Եւ տաց զմարմինս քո ՚ի վերայ լերանց, եւ լցուցից զձորս յարենէ քումմէ.
5 Մարմինդ գցելու եմ լեռների վրայու ձորերը լցնելու եմ քո արիւնով:
5 Քու մարմինդ լեռներուն վրայ պիտի դնեմ, Քու դիակներովդ ձորերը պիտի լեցնեմ։
Եւ տաց զմարմինս քո ի վերայ լերանց, եւ լցուցից զձորս [693]յարենէ քումմէ:

32:5: Եւ տաց զմարմինս քո ՚ի վերայ լերանց, եւ լցուցից զձորս յարենէ քումմէ.
5 Մարմինդ գցելու եմ լեռների վրայու ձորերը լցնելու եմ քո արիւնով:
5 Քու մարմինդ լեռներուն վրայ պիտի դնեմ, Քու դիակներովդ ձորերը պիտի լեցնեմ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:532:5 И раскидаю мясо твое по горам, и долины наполню твоими трупами.
32:5 καὶ και and; even δώσω διδωμι give; deposit τὰς ο the σάρκας σαρξ flesh σου σου of you; your ἐπὶ επι in; on τὰ ο the ὄρη ορος mountain; mount καὶ και and; even ἐμπλήσω εμπιπλημι fill in; fill up ἀπὸ απο from; away τοῦ ο the αἵματός αιμα blood; bloodstreams σου σου of you; your
32:5 וְ wᵊ וְ and נָתַתִּ֥י nāṯattˌî נתן give אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] בְּשָׂרְךָ֖ bᵊśārᵊḵˌā בָּשָׂר flesh עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הֶֽ hˈe הַ the הָרִ֑ים hārˈîm הַר mountain וּ û וְ and מִלֵּאתִ֥י millēṯˌî מלא be full הַ ha הַ the גֵּאָיֹ֖ות ggēʔāyˌôṯ גַּיְא valley רָמוּתֶֽךָ׃ rāmûṯˈeḵā רָמוּת height
32:5. et dabo carnes tuas super montes et implebo colles tuos sanie tuaAnd I will lay thy flesh upon the mountains, and will fill thy hills with thy corruption,
5. And I will lay thy flesh upon the mountains, and fill the valleys with thy height.
32:5. And I will place your flesh upon the mountains. And I will fill up your hills with your decaying flesh.
32:5. And I will lay thy flesh upon the mountains, and fill the valleys with thy height.
And I will lay thy flesh upon the mountains, and fill the valleys with thy height:

32:5 И раскидаю мясо твое по горам, и долины наполню твоими трупами.
32:5
καὶ και and; even
δώσω διδωμι give; deposit
τὰς ο the
σάρκας σαρξ flesh
σου σου of you; your
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὰ ο the
ὄρη ορος mountain; mount
καὶ και and; even
ἐμπλήσω εμπιπλημι fill in; fill up
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τοῦ ο the
αἵματός αιμα blood; bloodstreams
σου σου of you; your
32:5
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָתַתִּ֥י nāṯattˌî נתן give
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
בְּשָׂרְךָ֖ bᵊśārᵊḵˌā בָּשָׂר flesh
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הֶֽ hˈe הַ the
הָרִ֑ים hārˈîm הַר mountain
וּ û וְ and
מִלֵּאתִ֥י millēṯˌî מלא be full
הַ ha הַ the
גֵּאָיֹ֖ות ggēʔāyˌôṯ גַּיְא valley
רָמוּתֶֽךָ׃ rāmûṯˈeḵā רָמוּת height
32:5. et dabo carnes tuas super montes et implebo colles tuos sanie tua
And I will lay thy flesh upon the mountains, and will fill thy hills with thy corruption,
32:5. And I will place your flesh upon the mountains. And I will fill up your hills with your decaying flesh.
32:5. And I will lay thy flesh upon the mountains, and fill the valleys with thy height.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
5. Уму пророка предносятся здесь трупы павших на войне египетских воинов, покрывающие горы и долины. Гипербола доведена до потрясающих размеров: мясом убитого чудовища будет забросан не только берег, но и отдаленные горы и долины. - “Трупами”; в евр. слово с не установленным значением: раммут одного корня с римма, червь, - соб. кишения, отсюда можно вывести значение “падаль”; LXX читали дам (близкое по начертанию), кровь; посему Вульгата: sanies, сукровица; если так, то образ еще потрясительнее: лощины в долины, как чаши, будут налиты сукровицей. Замечательно, что в клинообразных надписях есть выражения до того близкие к настоящему, что у Иезекииля предполагают заимствование; напр. в надписи Тиглат-Пелизара I Соll. III, 53-56: “трупы их воинов я нагромоздил на высотах гор и кровь их воинов пролил в ущельях” (Мuller, Еz. - Stud. 56-58). Сходство, как видим, не буквальное и достаточно объясняемое общностью содержания.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:5: And fill the valleys with thy height - Some translate, with the worms, which should proceed from the putrefaction of his flesh.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:5: The prophet passes from the image of the crocodile to that of dead bodies of the slain heaped up on the land. Some render "height," "foulness."
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:5: And I: To represent the power, rapaciousness, and cruelty of Pharaoh, he had been compared to a fierce young lion, and also to an immense, overgrown sea-monster, or crocodile; and here it is predicted that God would cast a net over him, by which many companies of people should drag him out of his rivers, and cast him into the open field, mountains, valleys, etc., to be devoured by birds and beasts of prey; that is, his ruin would be complete, and attended with terrible miseries to the Egyptians, and afford a large booty to their enemies.
Geneva 1599
32:5 And I will lay thy flesh upon the mountains, and fill the valleys (d) with thy height.
(d) With heaps of the carcass of your army.
John Gill
32:5 And I will lay thy flesh upon the mountains,.... The remainder of it, left by the birds and beasts of prey, and who might carry it thither; or it intends such of the Egyptians who should flee to the mountains for safety, but should fall by the hands of the enemy there. So the Targum,
"and I will give the flesh of thy slain upon the mountains.''
And fill the valleys with thy height; his huge army, and with which he prided and lifted up himself, and thought himself safe in; which should fall in such great numbers as to cover the plains and valleys where the battle was fought. Jarchi observes, that the word for "height" has with some the signification of "worms"; and so the Syriac version renders it, "and the valleys shall be filled with thy worms"; bred in the carcasses of the slain: and so the Vulgate Latin version, "with corrupt matter"; such as issues out of putrefied wounds. The Targum very rightly paraphrases it,
"the valleys shall be filled with the carcasses of thine army.''
John Wesley
32:5 With thy height - With the carcasses of thy princes.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:5 thy height--thy hugeness [FAIRBAIRN]. The great heap of corpses of thy forces, on which thou pridest thyself. "Height" may refer to mental elevation, as well as bodily [VATABLUS].
32:632:6: եւ արբեսցի երկիր յապաւառէ քումմէ՝ ՚ի բազմութեան քոյ ՚ի վերայ լերանց, զձորս լցից ՚ի քէն։
6 Երկիրը ողողուելու է քո աղտեղութեամբ՝լեռների վրայ քո զօրքերի բազմութեան պատճառով: Ձորերը լցուելու են քեզանով:
6 Երկիրը, ուր դուն կը լողաս, մինչեւ լեռները Քու արիւնովդ պիտի ողողեմ Ու հեղեղատները քեզմով պիտի լեցուին։
եւ արբեսցի երկիր յապաւառէ քումմէ` ի բազմութեան քո ի վերայ լերանց, զձորս լցից`` ի քէն:

32:6: եւ արբեսցի երկիր յապաւառէ քումմէ՝ ՚ի բազմութեան քոյ ՚ի վերայ լերանց, զձորս լցից ՚ի քէն։
6 Երկիրը ողողուելու է քո աղտեղութեամբ՝լեռների վրայ քո զօրքերի բազմութեան պատճառով: Ձորերը լցուելու են քեզանով:
6 Երկիրը, ուր դուն կը լողաս, մինչեւ լեռները Քու արիւնովդ պիտի ողողեմ Ու հեղեղատները քեզմով պիտի լեցուին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:632:6 И землю плавания твоего напою кровью твоею до самых гор; и рытвины будут наполнены тобою.
32:6 καὶ και and; even ποτισθήσεται ποτιζω give a drink; water ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land ἀπὸ απο from; away τῶν ο the προχωρημάτων προχωρημα of you; your ἀπὸ απο from; away τοῦ ο the πλήθους πληθος multitude; quantity σου σου of you; your ἐπὶ επι in; on τῶν ο the ὀρέων ορος mountain; mount φάραγγας φαραγξ gorge ἐμπλήσω εμπιπλημι fill in; fill up ἀπὸ απο from; away σοῦ σου of you; your
32:6 וְ wᵊ וְ and הִשְׁקֵיתִ֨י hišqêṯˌî שׁקה give drink אֶ֧רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth צָפָתְךָ֛ ṣāfāṯᵊḵˈā צָפָה [uncertain] מִ mi מִן from דָּמְךָ֖ ddāmᵊḵˌā דָּם blood אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הֶֽ hˈe הַ the הָרִ֑ים hārˈîm הַר mountain וַ wa וְ and אֲפִקִ֖ים ʔᵃfiqˌîm אָפִיק stream יִמָּלְא֥וּן yimmālᵊʔˌûn מלא be full מִמֶּֽךָּ׃ mimmˈekkā מִן from
32:6. et inrigabo terram pedore sanguinis tui super montes et valles implebuntur ex teAnd I will water the earth with thy stinking blood upon the mountains, and the valleys shall be filled with thee.
6. I will also water with thy blood the land wherein thou swimmest, even to the mountains; and the watercourses shall be full of thee.
32:6. And I will irrigate the earth with your rotting blood upon the mountains. And the valleys will be filled with you.
32:6. I will also water with thy blood the land wherein thou swimmest, [even] to the mountains; and the rivers shall be full of thee.
I will also water with thy blood the land wherein thou swimmest, [even] to the mountains; and the rivers shall be full of thee:

32:6 И землю плавания твоего напою кровью твоею до самых гор; и рытвины будут наполнены тобою.
32:6
καὶ και and; even
ποτισθήσεται ποτιζω give a drink; water
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῶν ο the
προχωρημάτων προχωρημα of you; your
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τοῦ ο the
πλήθους πληθος multitude; quantity
σου σου of you; your
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῶν ο the
ὀρέων ορος mountain; mount
φάραγγας φαραγξ gorge
ἐμπλήσω εμπιπλημι fill in; fill up
ἀπὸ απο from; away
σοῦ σου of you; your
32:6
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִשְׁקֵיתִ֨י hišqêṯˌî שׁקה give drink
אֶ֧רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
צָפָתְךָ֛ ṣāfāṯᵊḵˈā צָפָה [uncertain]
מִ mi מִן from
דָּמְךָ֖ ddāmᵊḵˌā דָּם blood
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הֶֽ hˈe הַ the
הָרִ֑ים hārˈîm הַר mountain
וַ wa וְ and
אֲפִקִ֖ים ʔᵃfiqˌîm אָפִיק stream
יִמָּלְא֥וּן yimmālᵊʔˌûn מלא be full
מִמֶּֽךָּ׃ mimmˈekkā מִן from
32:6. et inrigabo terram pedore sanguinis tui super montes et valles implebuntur ex te
And I will water the earth with thy stinking blood upon the mountains, and the valleys shall be filled with thee.
32:6. And I will irrigate the earth with your rotting blood upon the mountains. And the valleys will be filled with you.
32:6. I will also water with thy blood the land wherein thou swimmest, [even] to the mountains; and the rivers shall be full of thee.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
6. “Землю плавания твоего” - предполож. и едва ли верный перевод евр. ap. leg. цафа, которое Симмах перев. icor (сов. кровь богов, лимфа), Тарг. “жирная земля”, т. е. земля, обильно орошаемая Нилом, LXX “гной”. - “Напою кровью до самих гор”. Крови будет, так много на земле, что она, как вода потопа, достигнет вершин гор. Ужасающая гипербола LXX смягчают: “и напиется земля от гноя твоего, от множества (трупов) твоего на горах”. - “И рытвины будут наполнены тобою” - сильнее, чем “твоею кровью” или “твоими трупами”.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:6: The land wherein thou swimmest - Egypt; so called, because intersected with canals, and overflowed annually by the Nile.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:6: water: Exo 7:17; Isa 34:3, Isa 34:7; Rev 14:20, Rev 16:6
the land: Egypt, so called because interspersed by numerous canals, and overflowed annually by the Nile.
wherein thou swimmest: or, of thy swimming
Geneva 1599
32:6 I will also water with thy blood the land in which thou (e) swimmest, [even] to the mountains; and the rivers shall be full of thee.
(e) As the Nile overflows in Egypt, so will I make the blood of your host overflow it.
John Gill
32:6 And I will also water with thy blood the land wherewith thou swimmest,.... Where he resided, over which he ruled; alluding to his being compared to a fish, a whale, or a crocodile; and which land abounded with all good things, and he with them; instead of being watered with the waters of the Nile, by which it became fruitful, it should now be flooded with the blood of his army:
even to the mountains; an hyperbolical expression, signifying the vast quantity of blood that should be shed; see the like in Rev_ 14:20,
and the rivers shall be full of them; of the carcasses of his army, and of the blood of them; they should lie about everywhere, on mountains and valleys, on the land and in the rivers; and which should now be turned into blood, as the rivers of Egypt of old were; and which figure is used to express the destruction of the antichristian states; see Ex 7:20.
John Wesley
32:6 Even to the mountains - Blood shall be poured forth, as if it were to rise to the very mountains. Full of thee - O thy blood, and of thy carcasses cast into them.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:6 land wherein thou swimmest--Egypt: the land watered by the Nile, the the source of its fertility, wherein thou swimmest (carrying on the image of the crocodile, that is, wherein thou dost exercise thy wanton power at will). Irony. The land shall still afford seas to swim in, but they shall be seas of blood. Alluding to the plague (Ex 7:19; Rev_ 8:8). HAVERNICK translates, "I will water the land with what flows from thee, even thy blood, reaching to the mountains": "with thy blood overflowing even to the mountains." Perhaps this is better.
32:732:7: Եւ պատրուակեցից զերկինս ՚ի շիջանե՛լ քում, եւ խաւարեցուցից զաստեղս նորա. զարեգակն ամպով ծածկեցից, եւ լուսին մի՛ տացէ զլոյս իւր[12805]. [12805] Ոմանք. Ամպովք ծածկեցից։
7 Երբ քո լոյսը հանգչի, երկինքը քօղով եմ ծածկելու,խաւարեցնելու եմ նրա աստղերը,արեգակը ծածկելու եմ ամպերով,եւ լուսինն իր լոյսը չի տալու:
7 Ու երբ քեզ ջնջեմ՝ երկինքը պիտի ծածկեմ Ու անոր աստղերը պիտի խաւարեցնեմ. Արեւը ամպով պիտի ծածկեմ Ու լուսինը իր լոյսը պիտի չտայ։
Եւ պատրուակեցից զերկինս ի շիջանել քում, եւ խաւարեցուցից զաստեղս նորա. զարեգակն ամպով ծածկեցից, եւ լուսին մի՛ տացէ զլոյս իւր:

32:7: Եւ պատրուակեցից զերկինս ՚ի շիջանե՛լ քում, եւ խաւարեցուցից զաստեղս նորա. զարեգակն ամպով ծածկեցից, եւ լուսին մի՛ տացէ զլոյս իւր[12805].
[12805] Ոմանք. Ամպովք ծածկեցից։
7 Երբ քո լոյսը հանգչի, երկինքը քօղով եմ ծածկելու,խաւարեցնելու եմ նրա աստղերը,արեգակը ծածկելու եմ ամպերով,եւ լուսինն իր լոյսը չի տալու:
7 Ու երբ քեզ ջնջեմ՝ երկինքը պիտի ծածկեմ Ու անոր աստղերը պիտի խաւարեցնեմ. Արեւը ամպով պիտի ծածկեմ Ու լուսինը իր լոյսը պիտի չտայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:732:7 И когда ты угаснешь, закрою небеса и звезды их помрачу, солнце закрою облаком, и луна не будет светить светом своим.
32:7 καὶ και and; even κατακαλύψω κατακαλυπτω veil ἐν εν in τῷ ο the σβεσθῆναί σβεννυμι extinguish; quench σε σε.1 you οὐρανὸν ουρανος sky; heaven καὶ και and; even συσκοτάσω συσκοταζω the ἄστρα αστρον constellation αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἥλιον ηλιος sun ἐν εν in νεφέλῃ νεφελη cloud καλύψω καλυπτω cover καὶ και and; even σελήνη σεληνη moon οὐ ου not μὴ μη not φάνῃ φαινω shine; appear τὸ ο the φῶς φως light αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
32:7 וְ wᵊ וְ and כִסֵּיתִ֤י ḵissêṯˈî כסה cover בְ vᵊ בְּ in כַבֹּֽותְךָ֙ ḵabbˈôṯᵊḵā כבה go out שָׁמַ֔יִם šāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens וְ wᵊ וְ and הִקְדַּרְתִּ֖י hiqdartˌî קדר be dark אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כֹּֽכְבֵיהֶ֑ם kˈōḵᵊvêhˈem כֹּוכָב star שֶׁ֚מֶשׁ ˈšemeš שֶׁמֶשׁ sun בֶּ be בְּ in † הַ the עָנָ֣ן ʕānˈān עָנָן cloud אֲכַסֶּ֔נּוּ ʔᵃḵassˈennû כסה cover וְ wᵊ וְ and יָרֵ֖חַ yārˌēₐḥ יָרֵחַ moon לֹא־ lō- לֹא not יָאִ֥יר yāʔˌîr אור be light אֹורֹֽו׃ ʔôrˈô אֹור light
32:7. et operiam cum extinctus fueris caelos et nigrescere faciam stellas eius solem nube tegam et luna non dabit lumen suumAnd I will cover the heavens, when thou shalt be put out, and I will make the stars thereof dark: I will cover the sun with a cloud, and the moon shall not give her light.
7. And when I shall extinguish thee, I will cover the heaven, and make the stars thereof dark; I will cover the sun with a cloud, and the moon shall not give her light.
32:7. And I will cover heaven, when you will have been extinguished. And I will cause its stars to grow dark. I will shroud the sun with gloom, and the moon will not give her light.
32:7. And when I shall put thee out, I will cover the heaven, and make the stars thereof dark; I will cover the sun with a cloud, and the moon shall not give her light.
And when I shall put thee out, I will cover the heaven, and make the stars thereof dark; I will cover the sun with a cloud, and the moon shall not give her light:

32:7 И когда ты угаснешь, закрою небеса и звезды их помрачу, солнце закрою облаком, и луна не будет светить светом своим.
32:7
καὶ και and; even
κατακαλύψω κατακαλυπτω veil
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
σβεσθῆναί σβεννυμι extinguish; quench
σε σε.1 you
οὐρανὸν ουρανος sky; heaven
καὶ και and; even
συσκοτάσω συσκοταζω the
ἄστρα αστρον constellation
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἥλιον ηλιος sun
ἐν εν in
νεφέλῃ νεφελη cloud
καλύψω καλυπτω cover
καὶ και and; even
σελήνη σεληνη moon
οὐ ου not
μὴ μη not
φάνῃ φαινω shine; appear
τὸ ο the
φῶς φως light
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
32:7
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כִסֵּיתִ֤י ḵissêṯˈî כסה cover
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
כַבֹּֽותְךָ֙ ḵabbˈôṯᵊḵā כבה go out
שָׁמַ֔יִם šāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִקְדַּרְתִּ֖י hiqdartˌî קדר be dark
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כֹּֽכְבֵיהֶ֑ם kˈōḵᵊvêhˈem כֹּוכָב star
שֶׁ֚מֶשׁ ˈšemeš שֶׁמֶשׁ sun
בֶּ be בְּ in
הַ the
עָנָ֣ן ʕānˈān עָנָן cloud
אֲכַסֶּ֔נּוּ ʔᵃḵassˈennû כסה cover
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָרֵ֖חַ yārˌēₐḥ יָרֵחַ moon
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
יָאִ֥יר yāʔˌîr אור be light
אֹורֹֽו׃ ʔôrˈô אֹור light
32:7. et operiam cum extinctus fueris caelos et nigrescere faciam stellas eius solem nube tegam et luna non dabit lumen suum
And I will cover the heavens, when thou shalt be put out, and I will make the stars thereof dark: I will cover the sun with a cloud, and the moon shall not give her light.
32:7. And I will cover heaven, when you will have been extinguished. And I will cause its stars to grow dark. I will shroud the sun with gloom, and the moon will not give her light.
32:7. And when I shall put thee out, I will cover the heaven, and make the stars thereof dark; I will cover the sun with a cloud, and the moon shall not give her light.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
7. Обычное в Библии сближение между великими катастрофами на земле и переворотами в звездном мире: ср. Ис XIII:10, которое, может быть, и имелось в виду здесь у Иезекииля, Иоил II:30-31; III:15; Мф XXIV:29: и др. Небо померкнет из сострадания, как и Ливан опечалится: XXX:15. - “Когда ты угаснешь”. Рационалисты видят указание на мирского дракона, с которым Бог находится в тяжелой борьбе (Ис LI:9), частнее - на звезду этого дракона, вращающуюся межу Большой и Малой Медведицами почти на половине полярного круга и причиняющей, по мнению древних, потемнение неба. Уму пророка могла предноситься и тьма при исходе евреев из Египта.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:7: I will cover the heaven - Destroy the empire.
Make the stars thereof dark - Overwhelm all the dependent states.
I will cover the sun - The king himself.
And the moon shall not give her light - The queen may be meant, or some state less than the kingdom.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:7: put thee out: or, extinguish thee, Job 18:5, Job 18:6; Pro 13:9
I will cover the heaven: Destroy the empire. Eze 30:3, Eze 30:18; Exo 10:21-23; Isa 13:10, Isa 34:4; Jer 13:16; Joe 2:2, Joe 2:31, Joe 3:15; Amo 8:9; Mat 24:29; Rev 6:12, Rev 6:13
make: Overwhelm the dependent states.
the sun: The king.
the moon: The queen, or some state less than the kingdom.
Geneva 1599
32:7 And when I shall (f) put thee out, I will cover the heaven, and make its stars dark; I will cover the sun with a cloud, and the moon shall not give her light.
(f) The word signifies to be put out as a candle is put out.
John Gill
32:7 And when I shall put thee out,.... As a candle is put out, or some great light or blazing torch is extinguished; such was the king of Egypt in his splendour and glory; but now should be like a lamp put out in obscure darkness, and all his brightness and glory removed from him, Job 18:5,
I will cover the heaven, and make the stars thereof dark; with the smoke that should arise at the extinguishing of this lamp; or they should be covered with mourning, or clad in black, at the destruction of this monarch and his monarchy:
I will cover the sun with a cloud, and the moon shall not give her light; all which figures are sometimes made use of to denote the dissolution of kingdoms and states: the "heaven" being an emblem of a kingdom itself; the "sun" of an emperor or king, or kingly power; the "moon" of the queen, or of the priesthood; the "stars" of nobles, princes, counsellors, and such like eminent persons, useful in government; who being destroyed or removed, the light and glory, the prosperity and happiness of a kingdom, are gone; see Is 13:10. The Targum is,
"tribulation shall cover thee when I shall extinguish the splendour of the glory of thy kingdom from heaven; and the people of thine army shall be lessened, who are many as the stars; a king with his army shall cover thee as a cloud that ascends and covers the sun, and as the moon, whose light does not shine in the day.''
John Wesley
32:7 Put thee out - As a torch is extinguished. Cover the sun - Probably some unusual darkness was seen in the heavens, and on the earth, about that time.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:7 put thee out--extinguish thy light (Job 18:5). Pharaoh is represented as a bright star, at the extinguishing of whose light in the political sky the whole heavenly host is shrouded in sympathetic darkness. Here, too, as in Ezek 32:6, there is an allusion to the supernatural darkness sent formerly (Ex 10:21-23). The heavenly bodies are often made images of earthly dynasties (Is 13:10; Mt 24:29).
32:832:8: եւ զամենայն լուսաւորս խաւարեցուցից ՚ի վերայ քո. եւ տաց խաւա՛ր ՚ի վերայ քո՝ ասէ Տէր Տէր։
8 Քո վերեւում խաւարեցնելու եմ բոլոր լուսատուներըեւ քեզ վրայ խաւար եմ բերելու”,- ասում է Տէր Աստուած: -
8 Քու վերեւդ երկնքի բոլոր լուսաւորները պիտի խաւարեցնեմ, Քու երկրիդ վրայ մութը պիտի տիրէ’,Կ’ըսէ Տէր Եհովան։
Եւ զամենայն լուսաւորս [694]խաւարեցուցից ի վերայ քո, եւ տաց խաւար ի վերայ[695] քո, ասէ Տէր Տէր:

32:8: եւ զամենայն լուսաւորս խաւարեցուցից ՚ի վերայ քո. եւ տաց խաւա՛ր ՚ի վերայ քո՝ ասէ Տէր Տէր։
8 Քո վերեւում խաւարեցնելու եմ բոլոր լուսատուներըեւ քեզ վրայ խաւար եմ բերելու”,- ասում է Տէր Աստուած: -
8 Քու վերեւդ երկնքի բոլոր լուսաւորները պիտի խաւարեցնեմ, Քու երկրիդ վրայ մութը պիտի տիրէ’,Կ’ըսէ Տէր Եհովան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:832:8 Все светила, светящиеся на небе, помрачу над тобою и на землю твою наведу тьму, говорит Господь Бог.
32:8 πάντα πας all; every τὰ ο the φαίνοντα φαινω shine; appear φῶς φως light ἐν εν in τῷ ο the οὐρανῷ ουρανος sky; heaven συσκοτάσουσιν συσκοταζω in; on σέ σε.1 you καὶ και and; even δώσω διδωμι give; deposit σκότος σκοτος dark ἐπὶ επι in; on τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land σου σου of you; your λέγει λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master κύριος κυριος lord; master
32:8 כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole מְאֹ֤ורֵי mᵊʔˈôrê מָאֹור lamp אֹור֙ ʔôr אֹור light בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the שָּׁמַ֔יִם ššāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens אַקְדִּירֵ֖ם ʔaqdîrˌēm קדר be dark עָלֶ֑יךָ ʕālˈeʸḵā עַל upon וְ wᵊ וְ and נָתַ֤תִּי nāṯˈattî נתן give חֹ֨שֶׁךְ֙ ḥˈōšeḵ חֹשֶׁךְ darkness עַֽל־ ʕˈal- עַל upon אַרְצְךָ֔ ʔarṣᵊḵˈā אֶרֶץ earth נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהוִֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
32:8. omnia luminaria caeli maerere faciam super te et dabo tenebras super terram tuam dicit Dominus DeusI will make all the lights of heaven to mourn over thee and I will cause darkness upon thy land, saith the Lord God, when thy wounded shall fall in the midst of the land, saith the Lord God.
8. All the bright lights of heaven will I make dark over thee, and set darkness upon thy land, saith the Lord GOD.
32:8. I will cause all the lights of heaven to grieve over you. And I will bring darkness upon your land, says the Lord God, when your wounded will have fallen in the midst of the land, says the Lord God.
32:8. All the bright lights of heaven will I make dark over thee, and set darkness upon thy land, saith the Lord GOD.
All the bright lights of heaven will I make dark over thee, and set darkness upon thy land, saith the Lord GOD:

32:8 Все светила, светящиеся на небе, помрачу над тобою и на землю твою наведу тьму, говорит Господь Бог.
32:8
πάντα πας all; every
τὰ ο the
φαίνοντα φαινω shine; appear
φῶς φως light
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
οὐρανῷ ουρανος sky; heaven
συσκοτάσουσιν συσκοταζω in; on
σέ σε.1 you
καὶ και and; even
δώσω διδωμι give; deposit
σκότος σκοτος dark
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
σου σου of you; your
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
κύριος κυριος lord; master
32:8
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
מְאֹ֤ורֵי mᵊʔˈôrê מָאֹור lamp
אֹור֙ ʔôr אֹור light
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
שָּׁמַ֔יִם ššāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens
אַקְדִּירֵ֖ם ʔaqdîrˌēm קדר be dark
עָלֶ֑יךָ ʕālˈeʸḵā עַל upon
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָתַ֤תִּי nāṯˈattî נתן give
חֹ֨שֶׁךְ֙ ḥˈōšeḵ חֹשֶׁךְ darkness
עַֽל־ ʕˈal- עַל upon
אַרְצְךָ֔ ʔarṣᵊḵˈā אֶרֶץ earth
נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech
אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהוִֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
32:8. omnia luminaria caeli maerere faciam super te et dabo tenebras super terram tuam dicit Dominus Deus
I will make all the lights of heaven to mourn over thee and I will cause darkness upon thy land, saith the Lord God, when thy wounded shall fall in the midst of the land, saith the Lord God.
32:8. I will cause all the lights of heaven to grieve over you. And I will bring darkness upon your land, says the Lord God, when your wounded will have fallen in the midst of the land, says the Lord God.
32:8. All the bright lights of heaven will I make dark over thee, and set darkness upon thy land, saith the Lord GOD.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
8. “Землю твою” - Египет; тьма ограничивается Египтом, как Исх X:21: и д.; посему Ватиканский кодекс излишне усиливает мысль, не читая “твою”.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:8: And set darkness upon thy land - As I did when a former king refused to let my people go to the wilderness to worship me. I will involve thee, and thy house, and thy people, and the whole land, in desolation and wo.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:8: bright lights of heaven: Heb. lights of the light in heaven, Gen 1:14
dark: Heb. them dark, Pro 20:20
set darkness upon: Involve the whole land in desolation and woe.
Geneva 1599
32:8 All the bright lights of heaven will I make dark over thee, and set (g) darkness upon thy land, saith the Lord GOD.
(g) By this manner of speech is meant the great sorrow that will be for the slaughter of the king and his people.
John Gill
32:8 All the bright lights of heaven will I make dark over thee,.... Or, "all the lights of the light" (a); the rest of the luminaries of heaven; the other five planets, as Kimchi, besides the sun and moon:
and set darkness upon thy land, saith the Lord God; as there must needs be, the sun, moon, and stars, and all the lights of heaven, being darkened above: there seems to be an allusion to the thick darkness that was formerly over the land of Egypt; and this is a figure and representation of that darkness that shall be in the kingdom of the beast, or spiritual Egypt, yet to come; see Ex 10:21. The Targum is,
"tribulation as darkness shall cover thy land.''
(a) "omnia luminaria lucis", Pagninus, Montanus, Cocceius.
32:932:9: Եւ զայրացուցից զսիրտս ազգաց բազմաց, ՚ի ժամանակի իբրեւ հանից զգերութիւն քո ընդ ա՛զգս յերկիր զոր ո՛չ գիտիցես։
9 “Բազմաթիւ ժողովուրդների սիրտն եմ զայրացնելու քո դէմ այն ժամանակ,երբ ազգերի հետ քեզ գերութիւնից դուրս բերեմ դէպի այն երկիրը,որ դու չգիտես:
9 «Երբ քու կործանումիդ լուրը Ազգերուն ու քեզի անծանօթ երկիրներու հասցնեմ, Շատ ժողովուրդներու սիրտը պիտի խռովեցնեմ։
Եւ զայրացուցից զսիրտս ազգաց բազմաց, ի ժամանակի իբրեւ [696]հանից զգերութիւն քո ընդ ազգս յերկիր զոր ոչ գիտիցես:

32:9: Եւ զայրացուցից զսիրտս ազգաց բազմաց, ՚ի ժամանակի իբրեւ հանից զգերութիւն քո ընդ ա՛զգս յերկիր զոր ո՛չ գիտիցես։
9 “Բազմաթիւ ժողովուրդների սիրտն եմ զայրացնելու քո դէմ այն ժամանակ,երբ ազգերի հետ քեզ գերութիւնից դուրս բերեմ դէպի այն երկիրը,որ դու չգիտես:
9 «Երբ քու կործանումիդ լուրը Ազգերուն ու քեզի անծանօթ երկիրներու հասցնեմ, Շատ ժողովուրդներու սիրտը պիտի խռովեցնեմ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:932:9 Приведу в смущение сердце многих народов, когда разглашу о падении твоем между народами, по землям, которых ты не знал.
32:9 καὶ και and; even παροργιῶ παροργιζω enrage; provoke καρδίαν καρδια heart λαῶν λαος populace; population πολλῶν πολυς much; many ἡνίκα ηνικα whenever; when ἂν αν perhaps; ever ἄγω αγω lead; pass αἰχμαλωσίαν αιχμαλωσια captivity σου σου of you; your εἰς εις into; for τὰ ο the ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste εἰς εις into; for γῆν γη earth; land ἣν ος who; what οὐκ ου not ἔγνως γινωσκω know
32:9 וְ wᵊ וְ and הִ֨כְעַסְתִּ֔י hˌiḵʕastˈî כעס be discontent לֵ֖ב lˌēv לֵב heart עַמִּ֣ים ʕammˈîm עַם people רַבִּ֑ים rabbˈîm רַב much בַּ ba בְּ in הֲבִיאִ֤י hᵃvîʔˈî בוא come שִׁבְרְךָ֙ šivrᵊḵˌā שֶׁבֶר breaking בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the גֹּויִ֔ם ggôyˈim גֹּוי people עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon אֲרָצֹ֖ות ʔᵃrāṣˌôṯ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not יְדַעְתָּֽם׃ yᵊḏaʕtˈām ידע know
32:9. et inritabo cor populorum multorum cum induxero contritionem tuam in gentibus super terras quas nescisAnd I shall provoke to anger the heart of many people, when I shall have brought in thy destruction among the nations upon the lands, which thou knowest not.
9. I will also vex the hearts of many peoples, when I shall bring thy destruction among the nations, into the countries which thou hast not known.
32:9. And I will provoke the heart of many peoples to anger, when I will have led in your destruction among the Gentiles, over the lands that you have not known.
32:9. I will also vex the hearts of many people, when I shall bring thy destruction among the nations, into the countries which thou hast not known.
I will also vex the hearts of many people, when I shall bring thy destruction among the nations, into the countries which thou hast not known:

32:9 Приведу в смущение сердце многих народов, когда разглашу о падении твоем между народами, по землям, которых ты не знал.
32:9
καὶ και and; even
παροργιῶ παροργιζω enrage; provoke
καρδίαν καρδια heart
λαῶν λαος populace; population
πολλῶν πολυς much; many
ἡνίκα ηνικα whenever; when
ἂν αν perhaps; ever
ἄγω αγω lead; pass
αἰχμαλωσίαν αιχμαλωσια captivity
σου σου of you; your
εἰς εις into; for
τὰ ο the
ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste
εἰς εις into; for
γῆν γη earth; land
ἣν ος who; what
οὐκ ου not
ἔγνως γινωσκω know
32:9
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִ֨כְעַסְתִּ֔י hˌiḵʕastˈî כעס be discontent
לֵ֖ב lˌēv לֵב heart
עַמִּ֣ים ʕammˈîm עַם people
רַבִּ֑ים rabbˈîm רַב much
בַּ ba בְּ in
הֲבִיאִ֤י hᵃvîʔˈî בוא come
שִׁבְרְךָ֙ šivrᵊḵˌā שֶׁבֶר breaking
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
גֹּויִ֔ם ggôyˈim גֹּוי people
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
אֲרָצֹ֖ות ʔᵃrāṣˌôṯ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
יְדַעְתָּֽם׃ yᵊḏaʕtˈām ידע know
32:9. et inritabo cor populorum multorum cum induxero contritionem tuam in gentibus super terras quas nescis
And I shall provoke to anger the heart of many people, when I shall have brought in thy destruction among the nations upon the lands, which thou knowest not.
32:9. And I will provoke the heart of many peoples to anger, when I will have led in your destruction among the Gentiles, over the lands that you have not known.
32:9. I will also vex the hearts of many people, when I shall bring thy destruction among the nations, into the countries which thou hast not known.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
9. “Когда разглашу о падении твоем между народами”, когда дойдут слухи о нем: но LXX лучше: “егда изведу пленники твоя во языки”, чем грозила Египту уже XXIX:12. Через пленников получат те народы и известие о падении Египта. - Плен будет тем тяжелей, что пленники попадут в земли, “которых ты не знал”, самые отдаленные, на край земли, к диким народам, с которыми Египет не только не имеет сношений, но за крайнею отдаленностью и не знал их.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:9: I will also vex the hearts - Even the remote nations, who had no connection with thee, shall be amazed at the judgments which have fallen upon thee.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:9: When I shall bring thy destruction - i. e., the news of thy destruction. The phenomena here mentioned are the accompaniments of "the day of the Lord" Joe 2:10; Luk 21:25 or the day of judgment. The fall of Pharaoh represents the fall of the world-power before the sovereignty of God.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:9: vex: Heb. provoke to anger, or grief, Rev 11:18, Rev 18:10-15
when: Eze 29:12, Eze 30:23, Eze 30:26; Jer 25:15-25
John Gill
32:9 I will also vex the hearts of many people,.... With anger and grief, with fear and dread, with consternation and amazement:
when I shall bring thy destruction among the nations; or, "thy breach" (b); the news of it, the tidings of their destruction; which by one means or another should come to their ears, and fill them with concern and great anxiety of mind, so rich and powerful a kingdom being subdued, and the king of Babylon made so great thereby, and fearing they fall a prey unto him also. The Targum renders it,
"when I shall bring the broken of thy war;''
that is, the soldiers that should be wounded in battle, their limbs broke, and they taken captive, and brought among the nations, dismal spectacles to look at; and which should be brought
into countries, which thou hast not known; at a distance from Egypt, and which had no commerce nor communication with them, nor were their friends and allies; yet as their destruction would reach their ears, so it would affect their hearts, and fill them with vexation and grief; not so much on account of Egypt, as the growing power of Nebuchadnezzar, and the danger they were in of falling into his hands.
(b) "fractionem tuam", Piscator, Cocceius, Starckius.
John Wesley
32:9 Thy destruction - The fame of it. Not known - Such as were strangers to Egypt, shall be troubled with apprehension of what mischief may come upon the world from so mighty a conqueror.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:9 thy destruction--that is tidings of thy destruction (literally, "thy breakage") carried by captive and dispersed Egyptians "among the nations" [GROTIUS]; or, thy broken people, resembling one great fracture, the ruins of what they had been [FAIRBAIRN].
32:1032:10: Եւ տրտմեսցին ՚ի վերայ քո ազգք բազումք, եւ թագաւորք նոցա զարհուրելո՛վ զարհուրեսցին, ՚ի թռչե՛լ սրոյ իմոյ առաջի երեսաց նոցա ա՛կն ունել կործանման իւրեանց յօրէ կործանման քոյ։
10 Քո պատճառով տրտմելու են բազմաթիւ ազգեր,իսկ նրանց թագաւորները սաստիկ զարհուրելու են,երբ սուրս թռչի նրանց դիմաց,ու քո կործանման օրից նրանք սպասելու են իրենց կործանման”:
10 Քու պատճառովդ շատ ժողովուրդներ պիտի տժգունին, Քու պատճառովդ անոնց թագաւորները խիստ պիտի զարհուրին, Երբ իմ սուրս անոնց երեսին առջեւ երերցնեմ։Քու կործանումիդ օրը Ամէն մարդ իր հոգիին համար ամէն վայրկեան պիտի սարսափի»։
Եւ տրտմեսցին ի վերայ քո ազգք բազումք``, եւ թագաւորք նոցա զարհուրելով [697]զարհուրեսցին, ի թռչել սրոյ իմոյ առաջի երեսաց նոցա ակն ունել կործանման իւրեանց յօրէ`` կործանման քո:

32:10: Եւ տրտմեսցին ՚ի վերայ քո ազգք բազումք, եւ թագաւորք նոցա զարհուրելո՛վ զարհուրեսցին, ՚ի թռչե՛լ սրոյ իմոյ առաջի երեսաց նոցա ա՛կն ունել կործանման իւրեանց յօրէ կործանման քոյ։
10 Քո պատճառով տրտմելու են բազմաթիւ ազգեր,իսկ նրանց թագաւորները սաստիկ զարհուրելու են,երբ սուրս թռչի նրանց դիմաց,ու քո կործանման օրից նրանք սպասելու են իրենց կործանման”:
10 Քու պատճառովդ շատ ժողովուրդներ պիտի տժգունին, Քու պատճառովդ անոնց թագաւորները խիստ պիտի զարհուրին, Երբ իմ սուրս անոնց երեսին առջեւ երերցնեմ։Քու կործանումիդ օրը Ամէն մարդ իր հոգիին համար ամէն վայրկեան պիտի սարսափի»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:1032:10 И приведу тобою в ужас многие народы, и цари их содрогнутся о тебе в страхе, когда мечом Моим потрясу перед лицем их, и поминутно будут трепетать каждый за душу свою в день падения твоего.
32:10 καὶ και and; even στυγνάσουσιν στυγναζω gloomy ἐπὶ επι in; on σὲ σε.1 you ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste πολλά πολυς much; many καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the βασιλεῖς βασιλευς monarch; king αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐκστάσει εκστασις ecstasy; trance ἐκστήσονται εξιστημι astonish; beside yourself ἐν εν in τῷ ο the πέτασθαι πετομαι fly τὴν ο the ῥομφαίαν ρομφαια broadsword μου μου of me; mine ἐπὶ επι in; on πρόσωπα προσωπον face; ahead of αὐτῶν αυτος he; him προσδεχόμενοι προσδεχομαι welcome; wait for τὴν ο the πτῶσιν πτωσις fall αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἀφ᾿ απο from; away ἡμέρας ημερα day πτώσεώς πτωσις fall σου σου of you; your
32:10 וַ wa וְ and הֲשִׁמֹּותִ֨י hᵃšimmôṯˌî שׁמם be desolate עָלֶ֜יךָ ʕālˈeʸḵā עַל upon עַמִּ֣ים ʕammˈîm עַם people רַבִּ֗ים rabbˈîm רַב much וּ û וְ and מַלְכֵיהֶם֙ malᵊḵêhˌem מֶלֶךְ king יִשְׂעֲר֤וּ yiśʕᵃrˈû שׂער bristle עָלֶ֨יךָ֙ ʕālˈeʸḵā עַל upon שַׂ֔עַר śˈaʕar שַׂעַר bristling בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עֹופְפִ֥י ʕôfᵊfˌî עפף double חַרְבִּ֖י ḥarbˌî חֶרֶב dagger עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פְּנֵיהֶ֑ם pᵊnêhˈem פָּנֶה face וְ wᵊ וְ and חָרְד֤וּ ḥārᵊḏˈû חרד tremble לִ li לְ to רְגָעִים֙ rᵊḡāʕîm רֶגַע moment אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man לְ lᵊ לְ to נַפְשֹׁ֔ו nafšˈô נֶפֶשׁ soul בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יֹ֖ום yˌôm יֹום day מַפַּלְתֶּֽךָ׃ ס mappaltˈeḵā . s מַפֶּלֶת carcass
32:10. et stupescere faciam super te populos multos et reges eorum horrore nimio formidabunt super te cum volare coeperit gladius meus super facies eorum et obstupescent repente singuli pro anima sua in die ruinae suaeAnd I will make many people to be amazed at thee, and their kings shall be horribly afraid for thee, when my sword shall begin to fly upon their faces: and they shall be astonished on a sudden, every one for his own life, in the day of their ruin.
10. Yea, I will make many peoples amazed at thee, and their kings shall be horribly afraid for thee, when I shall brandish my sword before them; and they shall tremble at every moment, every man for his own life, in the day of thy fall.
32:10. And I will cause many peoples to be stupefied over you. And their kings will be afraid, with great horror, over you, when my sword will begin to fly above their faces. And suddenly, they will be struck with astonishment, each one concerning his own life, on the day of their ruination.
32:10. Yea, I will make many people amazed at thee, and their kings shall be horribly afraid for thee, when I shall brandish my sword before them; and they shall tremble at [every] moment, every man for his own life, in the day of thy fall.
Yea, I will make many people amazed at thee, and their kings shall be horribly afraid for thee, when I shall brandish my sword before them; and they shall tremble at [every] moment, every man for his own life, in the day of thy fall:

32:10 И приведу тобою в ужас многие народы, и цари их содрогнутся о тебе в страхе, когда мечом Моим потрясу перед лицем их, и поминутно будут трепетать каждый за душу свою в день падения твоего.
32:10
καὶ και and; even
στυγνάσουσιν στυγναζω gloomy
ἐπὶ επι in; on
σὲ σε.1 you
ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste
πολλά πολυς much; many
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
βασιλεῖς βασιλευς monarch; king
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐκστάσει εκστασις ecstasy; trance
ἐκστήσονται εξιστημι astonish; beside yourself
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
πέτασθαι πετομαι fly
τὴν ο the
ῥομφαίαν ρομφαια broadsword
μου μου of me; mine
ἐπὶ επι in; on
πρόσωπα προσωπον face; ahead of
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
προσδεχόμενοι προσδεχομαι welcome; wait for
τὴν ο the
πτῶσιν πτωσις fall
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἀφ᾿ απο from; away
ἡμέρας ημερα day
πτώσεώς πτωσις fall
σου σου of you; your
32:10
וַ wa וְ and
הֲשִׁמֹּותִ֨י hᵃšimmôṯˌî שׁמם be desolate
עָלֶ֜יךָ ʕālˈeʸḵā עַל upon
עַמִּ֣ים ʕammˈîm עַם people
רַבִּ֗ים rabbˈîm רַב much
וּ û וְ and
מַלְכֵיהֶם֙ malᵊḵêhˌem מֶלֶךְ king
יִשְׂעֲר֤וּ yiśʕᵃrˈû שׂער bristle
עָלֶ֨יךָ֙ ʕālˈeʸḵā עַל upon
שַׂ֔עַר śˈaʕar שַׂעַר bristling
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עֹופְפִ֥י ʕôfᵊfˌî עפף double
חַרְבִּ֖י ḥarbˌî חֶרֶב dagger
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פְּנֵיהֶ֑ם pᵊnêhˈem פָּנֶה face
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חָרְד֤וּ ḥārᵊḏˈû חרד tremble
לִ li לְ to
רְגָעִים֙ rᵊḡāʕîm רֶגַע moment
אִ֣ישׁ ʔˈîš אִישׁ man
לְ lᵊ לְ to
נַפְשֹׁ֔ו nafšˈô נֶפֶשׁ soul
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יֹ֖ום yˌôm יֹום day
מַפַּלְתֶּֽךָ׃ ס mappaltˈeḵā . s מַפֶּלֶת carcass
32:10. et stupescere faciam super te populos multos et reges eorum horrore nimio formidabunt super te cum volare coeperit gladius meus super facies eorum et obstupescent repente singuli pro anima sua in die ruinae suae
And I will make many people to be amazed at thee, and their kings shall be horribly afraid for thee, when my sword shall begin to fly upon their faces: and they shall be astonished on a sudden, every one for his own life, in the day of their ruin.
32:10. And I will cause many peoples to be stupefied over you. And their kings will be afraid, with great horror, over you, when my sword will begin to fly above their faces. And suddenly, they will be struck with astonishment, each one concerning his own life, on the day of their ruination.
32:10. Yea, I will make many people amazed at thee, and their kings shall be horribly afraid for thee, when I shall brandish my sword before them; and they shall tremble at [every] moment, every man for his own life, in the day of thy fall.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
10. “И приведу тобою в ужас многие народы”, в страх и за свою участь, тем более сильный, что катастрофа явно имела сверхъестественную причину и была неожиданна по человеческим расчетам. “Поминутно” нет у LXX.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:10: amazed: Eze 27:35; Deu 29:24; Kg1 9:8
my sword: Deu 32:41
and they: Eze 26:16, Eze 30:9; Exo 15:14-16; Jer 51:9; Zac 11:2; Rev 18:10
John Gill
32:10 Yea, I will make many people amazed at thee,.... That so potent a state, and such a flourishing kingdom, should at once be so easily subdued and conquered: and their kings shall be horribly afraid for thee; because of her destruction, lest their turn should be next; so the kings of the earth will be afraid when God's judgments are executed on mystical Egypt; see Rev_ 18:9,
when I shall brandish my sword before them; the sword of the king of Babylon after mentioned, called the Lord's, because it was by his appointment and permission, and came by the direction of his providence, and was succeeded by his power: this glittering sword being brandished over Egypt, in the sight of the nations round about, was terrible to them; dreading that it would not be put up until it was sheathed in them, or they felt the effects of it:, or, "when I shall cause it to fly before them" (c); in their sight, and upon the borders of their countries; expressive of the swiftness of its motion, the sudden destruction it brought on Egypt, and its nearness to them. The Targum is,
"when I shall bring upon thee those that kill with the sword.''
And they shall tremble at every moment; from moment to moment, or continually; they shall never be free from fear:
every man for his own life, in the day of thy fall; not kings for their subjects, or subjects for their kings, but every man for himself; expecting every moment that the sword which flew and ravaged through Egypt, and now hovered over them, would be instantly plunged in them.
(c) "cum volare fecero", Munster, Tigurine version. Abendaus mentions such a sense of the word.
John Wesley
32:10 Shall tremble - Be greatly afraid, lest Nebuchadnezzar, who is God's sword, should smite them. Every man - Every one of the kings, whose kingdoms are near to Egypt.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:10 brandish my sword before them--literally, "in their faces," or sight.
32:1132:11: Զի ա՛յսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Սո՛ւր արքային Բաբելացւոց եկեսցէ ՚ի վերայ քո
11 Ահա այսպէս է ասում Տէր Աստուած.
11 Քանզի Տէր Եհովան այսպէս կ’ըսէ.«Բաբելոնի թագաւորին սուրը քու վրադ պիտի գայ։
Զի այսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Սուր արքային Բաբելացւոց եկեսցէ ի վերայ [698]քո:

32:11: Զի ա՛յսպէս ասէ Տէր Տէր. Սո՛ւր արքային Բաբելացւոց եկեսցէ ՚ի վերայ քո
11 Ահա այսպէս է ասում Տէր Աստուած.
11 Քանզի Տէր Եհովան այսպէս կ’ըսէ.«Բաբելոնի թագաւորին սուրը քու վրադ պիտի գայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:1132:11 Ибо так говорит Господь Бог: меч царя Вавилонского придет на тебя.
32:11 ὅτι οτι since; that τάδε οδε further; this λέγει λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master ῥομφαία ρομφαια broadsword βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king Βαβυλῶνος βαβυλων Babylōn; Vavilon ἥξει ηκω here σοι σοι you
32:11 כִּ֛י kˈî כִּי that כֹּ֥ה kˌō כֹּה thus אָמַ֖ר ʔāmˌar אמר say אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהוִ֑ה [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH חֶ֥רֶב ḥˌerev חֶרֶב dagger מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king בָּבֶ֖ל bāvˌel בָּבֶל Babel תְּבֹואֶֽךָ׃ tᵊvôʔˈeḵā בוא come
32:11. quia haec dicit Dominus Deus gladius regis Babylonis veniet tibiFor thus saith the Lord God: The sword of the king of Babylon shall come upon thee,
11. For thus saith the Lord GOD: The sword of the king of Babylon shall come upon thee.
32:11. For thus says the Lord God: The sword of the king of Babylon will come to you.
32:11. For thus saith the Lord GOD; The sword of the king of Babylon shall come upon thee.
For thus saith the Lord GOD; The sword of the king of Babylon shall come upon thee:

32:11 Ибо так говорит Господь Бог: меч царя Вавилонского придет на тебя.
32:11
ὅτι οτι since; that
τάδε οδε further; this
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ῥομφαία ρομφαια broadsword
βασιλέως βασιλευς monarch; king
Βαβυλῶνος βαβυλων Babylōn; Vavilon
ἥξει ηκω here
σοι σοι you
32:11
כִּ֛י kˈî כִּי that
כֹּ֥ה kˌō כֹּה thus
אָמַ֖ר ʔāmˌar אמר say
אֲדֹנָ֣י ʔᵃḏōnˈāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהוִ֑ה [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
חֶ֥רֶב ḥˌerev חֶרֶב dagger
מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king
בָּבֶ֖ל bāvˌel בָּבֶל Babel
תְּבֹואֶֽךָ׃ tᵊvôʔˈeḵā בוא come
32:11. quia haec dicit Dominus Deus gladius regis Babylonis veniet tibi
For thus saith the Lord God: The sword of the king of Babylon shall come upon thee,
32:11. For thus says the Lord God: The sword of the king of Babylon will come to you.
32:11. For thus saith the Lord GOD; The sword of the king of Babylon shall come upon thee.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
11. Прежняя образная речь переводится на более прямой язык. “Меч” - см. XXI гл.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:11: The sword: Eze 26:7, Eze 30:4, Eze 30:22-25; Jer 43:10, Jer 46:13, Jer 46:24-26
John Gill
32:11 For thus saith the Lord God, the sword of the king of Babylon shall come upon thee. Upon Pharaoh and his kingdom; having a commission and a direction from the Lord, and which would be the instrument of the destruction before threatened. The Targum is,
"those that slay with the sword of the king of Babylon shall come upon or against thee;''
his army, sword in hand.
32:1232:12: հանդերձ սրով սկայից, եւ կործանեցից զզօրութիւն քո. եկեսցեն ամենայն ժանտագո՛րծք ազգաց՝ եւ կորուսցեն զհպարտութիւն Եգիպտացւոց. եւ խորտակեսցի՛ ամենայն զօրութիւն նորա[12806]։ [12806] Ոսկան. Եւ յարուսցեն զհպարտութիւն Եգիպտաց՛՛։ Ոմանք. Եւ սատակեսցին ամենայն զօրութիւնք նորա։
12 “Բաբելացիների արքայի սուրը հսկաների սրով հանդերձ գալու է քեզ վրայ,եւ խորտակելու եմ քո զօրութիւնը: Ազգերի բոլոր չարագործները գալու են ջնջելու եգիպտացիների ամբարտաւանութիւնը.խորտակուելու է նրանց ամբողջ զօրութիւնը:
12 Հսկաներուն սուրերովը քու զօրութիւնդ պիտի կործանեմ։Բոլոր ազգերու եղեռնագործները պիտի գան եւ Եգիպտոսի հպարտութիւնը պիտի կործանեն եւ Անոր զօրութիւնը պիտի խորտակեն։
հանդերձ սրով սկայից, եւ կործանեցից զզօրութիւն քո. եկեսցեն ամենայն`` ժանտագործք ազգաց, եւ կորուսցեն զհպարտութիւն Եգիպտացւոց, եւ խորտակեսցի ամենայն զօրութիւն նորա:

32:12: հանդերձ սրով սկայից, եւ կործանեցից զզօրութիւն քո. եկեսցեն ամենայն ժանտագո՛րծք ազգաց՝ եւ կորուսցեն զհպարտութիւն Եգիպտացւոց. եւ խորտակեսցի՛ ամենայն զօրութիւն նորա[12806]։
[12806] Ոսկան. Եւ յարուսցեն զհպարտութիւն Եգիպտաց՛՛։ Ոմանք. Եւ սատակեսցին ամենայն զօրութիւնք նորա։
12 “Բաբելացիների արքայի սուրը հսկաների սրով հանդերձ գալու է քեզ վրայ,եւ խորտակելու եմ քո զօրութիւնը: Ազգերի բոլոր չարագործները գալու են ջնջելու եգիպտացիների ամբարտաւանութիւնը.խորտակուելու է նրանց ամբողջ զօրութիւնը:
12 Հսկաներուն սուրերովը քու զօրութիւնդ պիտի կործանեմ։Բոլոր ազգերու եղեռնագործները պիտի գան եւ Եգիպտոսի հպարտութիւնը պիտի կործանեն եւ Անոր զօրութիւնը պիտի խորտակեն։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:1232:12 От мечей сильных падет народ твой; все они лютейшие из народов, и уничтожат гордость Египта, и погибнет все множество его.
32:12 ἐν εν in μαχαίραις μαχαιρα short sword γιγάντων γιγας and; even καταβαλῶ καταβαλλω cast down; lay down τὴν ο the ἰσχύν ισχυς force σου σου of you; your λοιμοὶ λοιμος pestilence; pest ἀπὸ απο from; away ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste πάντες πας all; every καὶ και and; even ἀπολοῦσι απολλυμι destroy; lose τὴν ο the ὕβριν υβρις insolence; insult Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos καὶ και and; even συντριβήσεται συντριβω fracture; smash πᾶσα πας all; every ἡ ο the ἰσχὺς ισχυς force αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
32:12 בְּ bᵊ בְּ in חַרְבֹ֤ות ḥarᵊvˈôṯ חֶרֶב dagger גִּבֹּורִים֙ gibbôrîm גִּבֹּור vigorous אַפִּ֣יל ʔappˈîl נפל fall הֲמֹונֶ֔ךָ hᵃmônˈeḵā הָמֹון commotion עָרִיצֵ֥י ʕārîṣˌê עָרִיץ ruthless גֹויִ֖ם ḡôyˌim גֹּוי people כֻּלָּ֑ם kullˈām כֹּל whole וְ wᵊ וְ and שָֽׁדְדוּ֙ šˈāḏᵊḏû שׁדד despoil אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] גְּאֹ֣ון gᵊʔˈôn גָּאֹון height מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וְ wᵊ וְ and נִשְׁמַ֖ד nišmˌaḏ שׁמד destroy כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הֲמֹונָֽהּ׃ hᵃmônˈāh הָמֹון commotion
32:12. in gladiis fortium deiciam multitudinem tuam inexpugnabiles gentes omnes heae et vastabunt superbiam Aegypti et dissipabitur multitudo eiusBy the swords of the mighty I will overthrow thy multitude: all these nations are invincible: and they shall waste the pride of Egypt, and the multitude thereof shall be destroyed.
12. By the swords of the mighty will I cause thy multitude to fall; the terrible of the nations are they all: and they shall spoil the pride of Egypt, and all the multitude thereof shall be destroyed.
32:12. By the swords of the strong, I will cast down your multitude. All these nations are invincible, and they will lay waste to the arrogance of Egypt, and so its multitude will be destroyed.
32:12. By the swords of the mighty will I cause thy multitude to fall, the terrible of the nations, all of them: and they shall spoil the pomp of Egypt, and all the multitude thereof shall be destroyed.
By the swords of the mighty will I cause thy multitude to fall, the terrible of the nations, all of them: and they shall spoil the pomp of Egypt, and all the multitude thereof shall be destroyed:

32:12 От мечей сильных падет народ твой; все они лютейшие из народов, и уничтожат гордость Египта, и погибнет все множество его.
32:12
ἐν εν in
μαχαίραις μαχαιρα short sword
γιγάντων γιγας and; even
καταβαλῶ καταβαλλω cast down; lay down
τὴν ο the
ἰσχύν ισχυς force
σου σου of you; your
λοιμοὶ λοιμος pestilence; pest
ἀπὸ απο from; away
ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste
πάντες πας all; every
καὶ και and; even
ἀπολοῦσι απολλυμι destroy; lose
τὴν ο the
ὕβριν υβρις insolence; insult
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
καὶ και and; even
συντριβήσεται συντριβω fracture; smash
πᾶσα πας all; every
ο the
ἰσχὺς ισχυς force
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
32:12
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
חַרְבֹ֤ות ḥarᵊvˈôṯ חֶרֶב dagger
גִּבֹּורִים֙ gibbôrîm גִּבֹּור vigorous
אַפִּ֣יל ʔappˈîl נפל fall
הֲמֹונֶ֔ךָ hᵃmônˈeḵā הָמֹון commotion
עָרִיצֵ֥י ʕārîṣˌê עָרִיץ ruthless
גֹויִ֖ם ḡôyˌim גֹּוי people
כֻּלָּ֑ם kullˈām כֹּל whole
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָֽׁדְדוּ֙ šˈāḏᵊḏû שׁדד despoil
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
גְּאֹ֣ון gᵊʔˈôn גָּאֹון height
מִצְרַ֔יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נִשְׁמַ֖ד nišmˌaḏ שׁמד destroy
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הֲמֹונָֽהּ׃ hᵃmônˈāh הָמֹון commotion
32:12. in gladiis fortium deiciam multitudinem tuam inexpugnabiles gentes omnes heae et vastabunt superbiam Aegypti et dissipabitur multitudo eius
By the swords of the mighty I will overthrow thy multitude: all these nations are invincible: and they shall waste the pride of Egypt, and the multitude thereof shall be destroyed.
32:12. By the swords of the strong, I will cast down your multitude. All these nations are invincible, and they will lay waste to the arrogance of Egypt, and so its multitude will be destroyed.
32:12. By the swords of the mighty will I cause thy multitude to fall, the terrible of the nations, all of them: and they shall spoil the pomp of Egypt, and all the multitude thereof shall be destroyed.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
12. “Лютейшие из народов” - см. объяснение VII:24; XXVIII:7. “Множество его” - XXXI:2.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:12: the terrible: Eze 28:7, Eze 30:11, Eze 31:11; Deu 28:49, Deu 28:50; Hab 1:6, Hab 1:7
they shall: Eze 29:19; Isa 25:2, Isa 25:3
Geneva 1599
32:12 By the swords of the mighty will I cause thy multitude to fall, the terrible of the nations, all of them: and they shall lay waste the (h) pomp of Egypt, and all its multitude shall be destroyed.
(h) This came to pass in less than four years after this prophecy.
John Gill
32:12 By the swords of the mighty will I cause thy multitude to fall,.... Pharaoh's numerous subjects; or his army, as the Targum; the vast number of soldiers in it, whose carcasses should fall in battle by the sword of the Chaldeans, the mighty men of Nebuchadnezzar's army:
the terrible of the nations all of them; which army consisted of men of several nations, and those the most terrible, fierce, and cruel, by whose swords this slaughter should be made:
and they shall spoil the pomp of Egypt; cut off the king, the princes of the blood, the nobility and gentry, the prime of the nation; plunder the king's palace of all the wealth and riches in it, the treasury of the kingdom; destroy the metropolis of it; demolish its cities and fortified places, and take away all its strength and glory:
and all the multitude thereof shall be destroyed: all the people of the land, high and low, rich and poor; the destruction shall be general, all ranks and degrees of men shall share in it.
32:1332:13: Եւ կորուսից զամենայն անասունս նորա ՚ի ջուրց բազմաց. եւ մի՛ պղտորեսցէ զնա ոտն մարդոյ, եւ կճղակ անասնոյ մի՛ կոխեսցէ զնա[12807]։ [12807] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Եւ կճղակ անասնոց։
13 Ոչնչացնելու եմ նրա բոլոր կենդանիներին առատ ջրերի մէջ,եւ դրանք չի պղտորելու մարդու ոտքը,ոչ էլ կոխոտելու է անասունի կճղակը:
13 Եւ անոր բոլոր անասունները Շատ ջուրերու քովէն պիտի կորսնցնեմ։Անգամ մըն ալ մարդու ոտքը զանոնք պիտի չպղտորէ։Անասունի կճղակներն ալ զանոնք պիտի չպղտորեն։
Եւ կորուսից զամենայն անասունս նորա ի ջուրց բազմաց, եւ [699]մի՛ պղտորեսցէ զնա`` ոտն մարդոյ, եւ կճղակ անասնոյ մի՛ կոխեսցէ [700]զնա:

32:13: Եւ կորուսից զամենայն անասունս նորա ՚ի ջուրց բազմաց. եւ մի՛ պղտորեսցէ զնա ոտն մարդոյ, եւ կճղակ անասնոյ մի՛ կոխեսցէ զնա[12807]։
[12807] ՚Ի լուս՛՛. Եւ կճղակ անասնոց։
13 Ոչնչացնելու եմ նրա բոլոր կենդանիներին առատ ջրերի մէջ,եւ դրանք չի պղտորելու մարդու ոտքը,ոչ էլ կոխոտելու է անասունի կճղակը:
13 Եւ անոր բոլոր անասունները Շատ ջուրերու քովէն պիտի կորսնցնեմ։Անգամ մըն ալ մարդու ոտքը զանոնք պիտի չպղտորէ։Անասունի կճղակներն ալ զանոնք պիտի չպղտորեն։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:1332:13 И истреблю весь скот его при великих водах, и вперед не будет мутить их нога человеческая, и копыта скота не будут мутить их.
32:13 καὶ και and; even ἀπολῶ απολλυμι destroy; lose πάντα πας all; every τὰ ο the κτήνη κτηνος livestock; animal αὐτῆς αυτος he; him ἀφ᾿ απο from; away ὕδατος υδωρ water πολλοῦ πολυς much; many καὶ και and; even οὐ ου not μὴ μη not ταράξῃ ταρασσω stir up; trouble αὐτὸ αυτος he; him ἔτι ετι yet; still ποὺς πους foot; pace ἀνθρώπου ανθρωπος person; human καὶ και and; even ἴχνος ιχνος footstep κτηνῶν κτηνος livestock; animal οὐ ου not μὴ μη not καταπατήσῃ καταπατεω trample αὐτό αυτος he; him
32:13 וְ wᵊ וְ and הַֽאֲבַדְתִּי֙ hˈaʔᵃvaḏtî אבד perish אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole בְּהֶמְתָּ֔הּ bᵊhemtˈāh בְּהֵמָה cattle מֵ mē מִן from עַ֖ל ʕˌal עַל upon מַ֣יִם mˈayim מַיִם water רַבִּ֑ים rabbˈîm רַב much וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֨א lˌō לֹא not תִדְלָחֵ֤ם ṯiḏlāḥˈēm דלח make turbid רֶֽגֶל־ rˈeḡel- רֶגֶל foot אָדָם֙ ʔāḏˌām אָדָם human, mankind עֹ֔וד ʕˈôḏ עֹוד duration וּ û וְ and פַרְסֹ֥ות farsˌôṯ פַּרְסָה hoof בְּהֵמָ֖ה bᵊhēmˌā בְּהֵמָה cattle לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not תִדְלָחֵֽם׃ ṯiḏlāḥˈēm דלח make turbid
32:13. et perdam omnia iumenta eius quae erant super aquas plurimas et non conturbabit eas pes hominis ultra neque ungula iumentorum turbabit easI will destroy also all the beasts thereof that were beside the great waters: and the foot of man shall trouble them no more, neither shall the hoof of beasts trouble them.
13. I will destroy also all the beasts thereof from beside many waters; neither shall the foot of man trouble them any more, nor the hoofs of beasts trouble them.
32:13. And I will perish all its cattle, which were above the many waters. And the foot of man will no longer disturb them, and the hoof of cattle will no longer trouble them.
32:13. I will destroy also all the beasts thereof from beside the great waters; neither shall the foot of man trouble them any more, nor the hoofs of beasts trouble them.
I will destroy also all the beasts thereof from beside the great waters; neither shall the foot of man trouble them any more, nor the hoofs of beasts trouble them:

32:13 И истреблю весь скот его при великих водах, и вперед не будет мутить их нога человеческая, и копыта скота не будут мутить их.
32:13
καὶ και and; even
ἀπολῶ απολλυμι destroy; lose
πάντα πας all; every
τὰ ο the
κτήνη κτηνος livestock; animal
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
ἀφ᾿ απο from; away
ὕδατος υδωρ water
πολλοῦ πολυς much; many
καὶ και and; even
οὐ ου not
μὴ μη not
ταράξῃ ταρασσω stir up; trouble
αὐτὸ αυτος he; him
ἔτι ετι yet; still
ποὺς πους foot; pace
ἀνθρώπου ανθρωπος person; human
καὶ και and; even
ἴχνος ιχνος footstep
κτηνῶν κτηνος livestock; animal
οὐ ου not
μὴ μη not
καταπατήσῃ καταπατεω trample
αὐτό αυτος he; him
32:13
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַֽאֲבַדְתִּי֙ hˈaʔᵃvaḏtî אבד perish
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
בְּהֶמְתָּ֔הּ bᵊhemtˈāh בְּהֵמָה cattle
מֵ מִן from
עַ֖ל ʕˌal עַל upon
מַ֣יִם mˈayim מַיִם water
רַבִּ֑ים rabbˈîm רַב much
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֨א lˌō לֹא not
תִדְלָחֵ֤ם ṯiḏlāḥˈēm דלח make turbid
רֶֽגֶל־ rˈeḡel- רֶגֶל foot
אָדָם֙ ʔāḏˌām אָדָם human, mankind
עֹ֔וד ʕˈôḏ עֹוד duration
וּ û וְ and
פַרְסֹ֥ות farsˌôṯ פַּרְסָה hoof
בְּהֵמָ֖ה bᵊhēmˌā בְּהֵמָה cattle
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
תִדְלָחֵֽם׃ ṯiḏlāḥˈēm דלח make turbid
32:13. et perdam omnia iumenta eius quae erant super aquas plurimas et non conturbabit eas pes hominis ultra neque ungula iumentorum turbabit eas
I will destroy also all the beasts thereof that were beside the great waters: and the foot of man shall trouble them no more, neither shall the hoof of beasts trouble them.
32:13. And I will perish all its cattle, which were above the many waters. And the foot of man will no longer disturb them, and the hoof of cattle will no longer trouble them.
32:13. I will destroy also all the beasts thereof from beside the great waters; neither shall the foot of man trouble them any more, nor the hoofs of beasts trouble them.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
13. “Мутить их”. Пророк пользуется для своего образа мутностью воды Нила, происходящею от того, что он течет по тине и забирает ее с собою, и ради которой часть его называется Черным Нилом. Скота мало было и теперь есть на самых берегах Нила; его разводят в более сухих частях Египта. Но пророк берет Нил, как представителя всего Египта.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:13: destroy: Eze 29:8, Eze 30:12
neither: Eze 32:2, Eze 29:11, Eze 34:18
John Gill
32:13 I will destroy also all the beasts thereof from beside the great waters,.... Which used to graze beside the river Nile, and the canal, of it, in the plains and meadows, valley, and hills, which these ran by; meaning both horses, which Egypt abounded with, and would be good booty for the Chaldeans, and oxen and sheep, which they would kill for present use, or drive away for future service:
neither shall the foot of man trouble them any more, nor the hoofs of beasts trouble them; there should so few remain of men and beasts, that the waters of the rivers would not be disturbed, either by men passing over them, and doing any business upon them, or by beasts drinking at them.
John Wesley
32:13 All the beasts - The sheep, and oxen devoured, or driven away: the horses taken up to mount the horsemen, whose own horses were tired, or spoiled. Great waters - The pasture lying along the river side. Trouble them - There shall be so few men left in Egypt, that they shall not as formerly, disturb the waters by digging, swimming, or rowing on them. Nor the hoofs - So few horses or cows, that they shall not at watering - times, or in the heat of the day, foul the waters.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:13 (See on Ezek 29:11). The picture is ideally true, not to be interpreted by the letter. The political ascendency of Egypt was to cease with the Chaldean conquest [FAIRBAIRN]. Henceforth Pharaoh must figuratively no longer trouble the waters by man or beast, that is, no longer was he to flood other peoples with his overwhelming forces.
32:1432:14: Եւ ապա դադարեսցեն ջուրք նոցա, եւ գետք նոցա նման իւղոյ գնասցեն. ասէ Ադովնայի Տէր։
14 Ապա կանգ են առնելու նրա ջրերը,իսկ գետերը իւղի պէս են հոսելու”,- ասում է Ամենակալ Տէրը: -
14 Այն ատեն անոնց ջուրերը ականակիտ պիտի ընեմ Եւ անոնց գետերը իւղի պէս պիտի քալեցնեմ»։
Եւ ապա դադարեսցեն ջուրք նոցա, եւ գետք նոցա նման իւղոյ գնասցեն``, ասէ Ադոնայի Տէր:

32:14: Եւ ապա դադարեսցեն ջուրք նոցա, եւ գետք նոցա նման իւղոյ գնասցեն. ասէ Ադովնայի Տէր։
14 Ապա կանգ են առնելու նրա ջրերը,իսկ գետերը իւղի պէս են հոսելու”,- ասում է Ամենակալ Տէրը: -
14 Այն ատեն անոնց ջուրերը ականակիտ պիտի ընեմ Եւ անոնց գետերը իւղի պէս պիտի քալեցնեմ»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:1432:14 Тогда дам покой водам их, и сделаю, что реки их потекут, как масло, говорит Господь Бог.
32:14 οὕτως ουτως so; this way τότε τοτε at that ἡσυχάσει ησυχαζω tranquil; keep quiet τὰ ο the ὕδατα υδωρ water αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the ποταμοὶ ποταμος river αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ὡς ως.1 as; how ἔλαιον ελαιον oil πορεύσονται πορευομαι travel; go λέγει λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master
32:14 אָ֚ז ˈʔāz אָז then אַשְׁקִ֣יעַ ʔašqˈîₐʕ שׁקע collapse מֵֽימֵיהֶ֔ם mˈêmêhˈem מַיִם water וְ wᵊ וְ and נַהֲרֹותָ֖ם nahᵃrôṯˌām נָהָר stream כַּ ka כְּ as † הַ the שֶּׁ֣מֶן ššˈemen שֶׁמֶן oil אֹולִ֑יךְ ʔôlˈîḵ הלך walk נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהוִֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
32:14. tunc purissimas reddam aquas eorum et flumina eorum quasi oleum adducam ait Dominus DeusThen will I make their waters clear, and cause their rivers to run like oil, saith the Lord God:
14. Then will I make their waters clear, and cause their rivers to run like oil, saith the Lord GOD.
32:14. Then I will cause their waters to be very pure, and their rivers to be like oil, says the Lord God,
32:14. Then will I make their waters deep, and cause their rivers to run like oil, saith the Lord GOD.
Then will I make their waters deep, and cause their rivers to run like oil, saith the Lord GOD:

32:14 Тогда дам покой водам их, и сделаю, что реки их потекут, как масло, говорит Господь Бог.
32:14
οὕτως ουτως so; this way
τότε τοτε at that
ἡσυχάσει ησυχαζω tranquil; keep quiet
τὰ ο the
ὕδατα υδωρ water
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
ποταμοὶ ποταμος river
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ὡς ως.1 as; how
ἔλαιον ελαιον oil
πορεύσονται πορευομαι travel; go
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
32:14
אָ֚ז ˈʔāz אָז then
אַשְׁקִ֣יעַ ʔašqˈîₐʕ שׁקע collapse
מֵֽימֵיהֶ֔ם mˈêmêhˈem מַיִם water
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נַהֲרֹותָ֖ם nahᵃrôṯˌām נָהָר stream
כַּ ka כְּ as
הַ the
שֶּׁ֣מֶן ššˈemen שֶׁמֶן oil
אֹולִ֑יךְ ʔôlˈîḵ הלך walk
נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech
אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהוִֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
32:14. tunc purissimas reddam aquas eorum et flumina eorum quasi oleum adducam ait Dominus Deus
Then will I make their waters clear, and cause their rivers to run like oil, saith the Lord God:
32:14. Then I will cause their waters to be very pure, and their rivers to be like oil, says the Lord God,
32:14. Then will I make their waters deep, and cause their rivers to run like oil, saith the Lord GOD.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
14. Покой, который будет дан водам Нила, т. е. Египту, ближайшем образом как будто будет происходить от безлюдья и безжизненности страны (от того, что в ней будут истреблены люди и скот, мутившие реку), но в более глубоком смысле - от уничтожения суеты языческой и греха в стране, следовательно, здесь пророчество о мессианских временах и об утверждении и процветании христианства в Египте. Масло в Библии символ благословения Божия и благодати Духа Св.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:14: Cause their rivers to run like oil - Bring the whole state into quietness, there being no longer a political hippopotamus to foul the waters - to disturb the peace of the country.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:14: A promise of a return of God's favor. This concerns not the restoration of Egypt's original power, but the establishment of the Divine Ruler in the place of a pagan God-opposing power.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:14: and cause: The neighbouring countries shall be in a state of quietness, like a river that smoothly glides along, having no longer a political crocodile to foul their waters, or to disturb their peace.
Geneva 1599
32:14 Then will I make (i) their waters deep, and cause their rivers to run like oil, saith the Lord GOD.
(i) That is, of the Chaldeans your enemies, who will quietly enjoy all your conveniences.
John Gill
32:14 Then will l make their waters deep,.... Either the water, of Egypt literally, the waters of the Nile: no canals being cut from it, to carry the water to the several parts of the land, the land being depopulated, and no business done: or, figuratively, other nations, compared to waters for their numbers, who before had been disturbed by the Egyptians; but now they being destroyed, these would be at ease, like troubled waters, which subside, and: become deep and clear, when there is none to trouble them:
and cause their, rivers to run like oil, saith the Lord God; very slowly, as if, they were mourning the unhappy condition of the land; or smoothly, clearly, undisturbed, as before. The Targum is,
"there will I cause the people to rest, and I will lead their kings quietly, saith the Lord God.''
John Wesley
32:14 Like oil - A figurative expression, signifying, there shall be such an universal sadness and heaviness upon the whole nation, that the very rivers which used to flow briskly, shall grow deep, and slow, and heavy.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:14 make their waters deep--rather, "make . . . to subside"; literally, "sink" [FAIRBAIRN].
like oil--emblem of quietness. No longer shall they descend violently on other countries as the overflowing Nile, but shall be still and sluggish in political action.
32:1532:15: Յորժամ տաց զԵգիպտոս ՚ի կորուստ. եւ աւերեսցի՛ երկիրն լրիւ իւրով. յորժամ ցրուեցից զամենայն բնակիչսն ՚ի նմանէ, եւ ծանիցեն թէ ես եմ Տէր Տէր[12808]։ [12808] Ոմանք. Թէ ես եմ Տէր։
15 “Երբ Եգիպտոսը կորստեան մատնեմ,երկիրն էլ է ամբողջովին աւերուելու: Երբ այնտեղից ցրեմ բոլոր բնակիչներին,պիտի իմանան, որ ես եմ Տէր Աստուածը:
15 Տէր Եհովան կ’ըսէ.«Երբ Եգիպտոսի երկիրը աւերակ դարձնեմ, Երկիրը բոլորովին* ամայանայ, Երբ անոր բոլոր բնակիչները զարնեմ, այն ատեն Պիտի գիտնան թէ ես եմ Տէրը»։
Յորժամ տաց զԵգիպտոս ի կորուստ, եւ աւերեսցի երկիրն լրիւ իւրով, յորժամ [701]ցրուեցից զամենայն բնակիչսն ի նմանէ``, եւ ծանիցեն թէ ես եմ Տէր:

32:15: Յորժամ տաց զԵգիպտոս ՚ի կորուստ. եւ աւերեսցի՛ երկիրն լրիւ իւրով. յորժամ ցրուեցից զամենայն բնակիչսն ՚ի նմանէ, եւ ծանիցեն թէ ես եմ Տէր Տէր[12808]։
[12808] Ոմանք. Թէ ես եմ Տէր։
15 “Երբ Եգիպտոսը կորստեան մատնեմ,երկիրն էլ է ամբողջովին աւերուելու: Երբ այնտեղից ցրեմ բոլոր բնակիչներին,պիտի իմանան, որ ես եմ Տէր Աստուածը:
15 Տէր Եհովան կ’ըսէ.«Երբ Եգիպտոսի երկիրը աւերակ դարձնեմ, Երկիրը բոլորովին* ամայանայ, Երբ անոր բոլոր բնակիչները զարնեմ, այն ատեն Պիտի գիտնան թէ ես եմ Տէրը»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:1532:15 Когда сделаю землю Египетскую пустынею, и когда лишится земля всего, наполняющего ее; когда поражу всех живущих на ней, тогда узнают, что Я Господь.
32:15 ὅταν οταν when; once δῶ διδωμι give; deposit Αἴγυπτον αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos εἰς εις into; for ἀπώλειαν απωλεια destruction; waste καὶ και and; even ἐρημωθῇ ερημοω desolate; desert ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land σὺν συν with; [definite object marker] τῇ ο the πληρώσει πληρωσις he; him ὅταν οταν when; once διασπείρω διασπειρω sow abroad; scatter around πάντας πας all; every τοὺς ο the κατοικοῦντας κατοικεω settle ἐν εν in αὐτῇ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even γνώσονται γινωσκω know ὅτι οτι since; that ἐγώ εγω I εἰμι ειμι be κύριος κυριος lord; master
32:15 בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תִתִּי֩ ṯittˌî נתן give אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אֶ֨רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth מִצְרַ֜יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt שְׁמָמָ֣ה šᵊmāmˈā שְׁמָמָה desolation וּ û וְ and נְשַׁמָּ֗ה nᵊšammˈā שׁמם be desolate אֶ֚רֶץ ˈʔereṣ אֶרֶץ earth מִ mi מִן from מְּלֹאָ֔הּ mmᵊlōʔˈāh מְלֹא fullness בְּ bᵊ בְּ in הַכֹּותִ֖י hakkôṯˌî נכה strike אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole יֹ֣ושְׁבֵי yˈôšᵊvê ישׁב sit בָ֑הּ vˈāh בְּ in וְ wᵊ וְ and יָדְע֖וּ yāḏᵊʕˌû ידע know כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that אֲנִ֥י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
32:15. cum dedero terram Aegypti desolatam deseretur autem terra a plenitudine sua quando percussero omnes habitatores eius et scient quia ego DominusWhen I shall have made the land of Egypt desolate: and the land shall be destitute of her fulness, when I shall have struck all the inhabitants thereof and they shall know that I am the Lord.
15. When I shall make the land of Egypt desolate and waste, a land destitute of that whereof it was full, when I shall smite all them that dwell therein, then shall they know that I am the LORD.
32:15. when I will have set the land of Egypt in desolation. And the land will be deprived of her plenitude, when I will have struck all its inhabitants. And they shall know that I am the Lord.
32:15. When I shall make the land of Egypt desolate, and the country shall be destitute of that whereof it was full, when I shall smite all them that dwell therein, then shall they know that I [am] the LORD.
When I shall make the land of Egypt desolate, and the country shall be destitute of that whereof it was full, when I shall smite all them that dwell therein, then shall they know that I [am] the LORD:

32:15 Когда сделаю землю Египетскую пустынею, и когда лишится земля всего, наполняющего ее; когда поражу всех живущих на ней, тогда узнают, что Я Господь.
32:15
ὅταν οταν when; once
δῶ διδωμι give; deposit
Αἴγυπτον αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
εἰς εις into; for
ἀπώλειαν απωλεια destruction; waste
καὶ και and; even
ἐρημωθῇ ερημοω desolate; desert
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
σὺν συν with; [definite object marker]
τῇ ο the
πληρώσει πληρωσις he; him
ὅταν οταν when; once
διασπείρω διασπειρω sow abroad; scatter around
πάντας πας all; every
τοὺς ο the
κατοικοῦντας κατοικεω settle
ἐν εν in
αὐτῇ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
γνώσονται γινωσκω know
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἐγώ εγω I
εἰμι ειμι be
κύριος κυριος lord; master
32:15
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תִתִּי֩ ṯittˌî נתן give
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אֶ֨רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
מִצְרַ֜יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
שְׁמָמָ֣ה šᵊmāmˈā שְׁמָמָה desolation
וּ û וְ and
נְשַׁמָּ֗ה nᵊšammˈā שׁמם be desolate
אֶ֚רֶץ ˈʔereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
מִ mi מִן from
מְּלֹאָ֔הּ mmᵊlōʔˈāh מְלֹא fullness
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
הַכֹּותִ֖י hakkôṯˌî נכה strike
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
יֹ֣ושְׁבֵי yˈôšᵊvê ישׁב sit
בָ֑הּ vˈāh בְּ in
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יָדְע֖וּ yāḏᵊʕˌû ידע know
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
אֲנִ֥י ʔᵃnˌî אֲנִי i
יְהוָֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
32:15. cum dedero terram Aegypti desolatam deseretur autem terra a plenitudine sua quando percussero omnes habitatores eius et scient quia ego Dominus
When I shall have made the land of Egypt desolate: and the land shall be destitute of her fulness, when I shall have struck all the inhabitants thereof and they shall know that I am the Lord.
32:15. when I will have set the land of Egypt in desolation. And the land will be deprived of her plenitude, when I will have struck all its inhabitants. And they shall know that I am the Lord.
32:15. When I shall make the land of Egypt desolate, and the country shall be destitute of that whereof it was full, when I shall smite all them that dwell therein, then shall they know that I [am] the LORD.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
15. Наступлению покойного будущего для Египта должен, как и в других странах, предшествовать карающий и очистительный суд Божий.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:15: Shall be destitute of that whereof it was full - Of corn, and all other necessaries of life.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:15: destitute of that whereof: Heb. desolate from the fulness thereof, Eze 29:12, Eze 29:19, Eze 29:20; Psa 24:1, Psa 107:34
then: Eze 6:7, Eze 30:26; Exo 7:5, Exo 14:4, Exo 14:18; Psa 9:16, Psa 83:17, Psa 83:18
John Gill
32:15 When I shall make the land of Egypt desolate,.... The cities being demolished, the inhabitants destroyed with the sword, or carried captive:
and the country shall be destitute of that whereof it was full; men and cattle, corn and other fruits of the earth, wealth and riches, pomp and grandeur:
when I shall smite all them that dwell therein; with the sword of the Chaldeans:
then shall they know that I am the Lord for God is known in the perfections of his nature, omnipotence, omniscience, holiness, justice, &c. by the judgments he executes; for this is not to be understood of a spiritual knowledge of him, but of a terrible conviction of the truth of his being and attributes, by the awful dispensations of his providence.
John Wesley
32:15 Of that - Men and women, cattle, wealth, and peace.
32:1632:16: Ո՛ղբք են՝ եւ ողբասցեն զնա, եւ դստե՛րք ազգաց ողբասցեն զնա. ՚ի վերայ Եգիպտոսի եւ ՚ի վերայ ամենայն զօրութեան նորա ողբասցեն զնա, ասէ Տէր Տէր։
16 Ողբ է սա, եւ ողբալու են նրան.ազգերի դուստրերն են ողբալու նրան,ողբալու են Եգիպտոսի ու նրա ամբողջ զօրութեան վրայ”»,- ասում է Տէր Աստուած:
16 «Այս ողբն է զոր պիտի ըսեն։Ազգերուն աղջիկները պիտի ըսեն, Եգիպտոսի վրայ ու անոր բոլոր ժողովուրդին վրայ պիտի ըսեն»։
Ողբք են, եւ ողբասցեն զնա, եւ դստերք ազգաց ողբասցեն զնա. ի վերայ Եգիպտոսի եւ ի վերայ ամենայն զօրութեան նորա ողբասցեն զնա, ասէ Տէր Տէր:

32:16: Ո՛ղբք են՝ եւ ողբասցեն զնա, եւ դստե՛րք ազգաց ողբասցեն զնա. ՚ի վերայ Եգիպտոսի եւ ՚ի վերայ ամենայն զօրութեան նորա ողբասցեն զնա, ասէ Տէր Տէր։
16 Ողբ է սա, եւ ողբալու են նրան.ազգերի դուստրերն են ողբալու նրան,ողբալու են Եգիպտոսի ու նրա ամբողջ զօրութեան վրայ”»,- ասում է Տէր Աստուած:
16 «Այս ողբն է զոր պիտի ըսեն։Ազգերուն աղջիկները պիտի ըսեն, Եգիպտոսի վրայ ու անոր բոլոր ժողովուրդին վրայ պիտի ըսեն»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:1632:16 Вот плачевная песнь, которую будут петь; дочери народов будут петь ее; о Египте и обо всем множестве его будут петь ее, говорит Господь Бог.
32:16 θρῆνός θρηνος lament ἐστιν ειμι be καὶ και and; even θρηνήσεις θρηνεω lament αὐτόν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even αἱ ο the θυγατέρες θυγατηρ daughter τῶν ο the ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste θρηνήσουσιν θρηνεω lament αὐτόν αυτος he; him ἐπ᾿ επι in; on Αἴγυπτον αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos καὶ και and; even ἐπὶ επι in; on πᾶσαν πας all; every τὴν ο the ἰσχὺν ισχυς force αὐτῆς αυτος he; him θρηνήσουσιν θρηνεω lament αὐτήν αυτος he; him λέγει λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master κύριος κυριος lord; master
32:16 קִינָ֥ה qînˌā קִינָה elegy הִיא֙ hî הִיא she וְ wᵊ וְ and קֹ֣ונְנ֔וּהָ qˈônᵊnˈûhā קין chant elegy בְּנֹ֥ות bᵊnˌôṯ בַּת daughter הַ ha הַ the גֹּויִ֖ם ggôyˌim גֹּוי people תְּקֹונֵ֣נָּה tᵊqônˈēnnā קין chant elegy אֹותָ֑הּ ʔôṯˈāh אֵת [object marker] עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon מִצְרַ֤יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וְ wᵊ וְ and עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הֲמֹונָהּ֙ hᵃmônˌāh הָמֹון commotion תְּקֹונֵ֣נָּה tᵊqônˈēnnā קין chant elegy אֹותָ֔הּ ʔôṯˈāh אֵת [object marker] נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהוִֽה׃ פ [yᵊhwˈih] . f יְהוָה YHWH
32:16. planctus est et plangent eum filiae gentium plangent eum super Aegypto et super multitudine eius plangent eum ait Dominus DeusThis is the lamentation, and they shall lament therewith: the daughters of the nations shall lament therewith for Egypt, and for the multitude thereof they shall lament therewith, saith the Lord God.
16. This is the lamentation wherewith they shall lament; the daughters of the nations shall lament therewith: for Egypt, and for all her multitude, shall they lament therewith, saith the Lord GOD.
32:16. This is the lamentation. And they shall lament it. The daughters of the Gentiles shall lament it. They shall lament it over Egypt and over its multitude, says the Lord God.”
32:16. This [is] the lamentation wherewith they shall lament her: the daughters of the nations shall lament her: they shall lament for her, [even] for Egypt, and for all her multitude, saith the Lord GOD.
This [is] the lamentation wherewith they shall lament her: the daughters of the nations shall lament her: they shall lament for her, [even] for Egypt, and for all her multitude, saith the Lord GOD:

32:16 Вот плачевная песнь, которую будут петь; дочери народов будут петь ее; о Египте и обо всем множестве его будут петь ее, говорит Господь Бог.
32:16
θρῆνός θρηνος lament
ἐστιν ειμι be
καὶ και and; even
θρηνήσεις θρηνεω lament
αὐτόν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
αἱ ο the
θυγατέρες θυγατηρ daughter
τῶν ο the
ἐθνῶν εθνος nation; caste
θρηνήσουσιν θρηνεω lament
αὐτόν αυτος he; him
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
Αἴγυπτον αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
καὶ και and; even
ἐπὶ επι in; on
πᾶσαν πας all; every
τὴν ο the
ἰσχὺν ισχυς force
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
θρηνήσουσιν θρηνεω lament
αὐτήν αυτος he; him
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
κύριος κυριος lord; master
32:16
קִינָ֥ה qînˌā קִינָה elegy
הִיא֙ הִיא she
וְ wᵊ וְ and
קֹ֣ונְנ֔וּהָ qˈônᵊnˈûhā קין chant elegy
בְּנֹ֥ות bᵊnˌôṯ בַּת daughter
הַ ha הַ the
גֹּויִ֖ם ggôyˌim גֹּוי people
תְּקֹונֵ֣נָּה tᵊqônˈēnnā קין chant elegy
אֹותָ֑הּ ʔôṯˈāh אֵת [object marker]
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
מִצְרַ֤יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הֲמֹונָהּ֙ hᵃmônˌāh הָמֹון commotion
תְּקֹונֵ֣נָּה tᵊqônˈēnnā קין chant elegy
אֹותָ֔הּ ʔôṯˈāh אֵת [object marker]
נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech
אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהוִֽה׃ פ [yᵊhwˈih] . f יְהוָה YHWH
32:16. planctus est et plangent eum filiae gentium plangent eum super Aegypto et super multitudine eius plangent eum ait Dominus Deus
This is the lamentation, and they shall lament therewith: the daughters of the nations shall lament therewith for Egypt, and for the multitude thereof they shall lament therewith, saith the Lord God.
32:16. This is the lamentation. And they shall lament it. The daughters of the Gentiles shall lament it. They shall lament it over Egypt and over its multitude, says the Lord God.”
32:16. This [is] the lamentation wherewith they shall lament her: the daughters of the nations shall lament her: they shall lament for her, [even] for Egypt, and for all her multitude, saith the Lord GOD.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
16. Приписка к песне, дающая понять, что последняя относится не к фараону только (ст. 2), но к целой стране, со всем ее содержимым. - “Будут петь” - слав. “и восплачешися о нем” (как будто лично пророку поручается петь ее с дочерьми народов). - “Дочери народов” - слав. сильнее: “дщери языческие”. Плачь по умершим совершали обыкновенно женщины: Иер IX:17: и сл. 2: Цар I:24.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:16: Daughters of the nations - Pagan kingdoms.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:16: Eze 32:2, Eze 26:17; Sa2 1:17, Sa2 3:33, Sa2 3:34; Ch2 35:25; Jer 9:17
John Gill
32:16 This is the lamentation with which they shall lament her,.... The Egyptians themselves, or rather they that are after mentioned. The Targum is,
"the prophet said, a lamentation is this prophecy, and it shall be for a lamentation;''
he was bid at the beginning of it to take up a lamentation, and now at the end of it he pronounces it to be one, and that it should be sung as such:
the daughters of the nations shall lament for her; either literally understood, it being the business and custom of women to say or sing the funeral dirge, or the lamentation at the interment of the deceased; or figuratively, the inhabitants of other nations. So Ben Melech and the Targum,
"the villages of the people shall lament her'';
that is, the inhabitants of them, who were in alliance with Egypt, and under its protection:
they shall lament for her, even for Egypt, and for all her multitude; for the desolation of the land, and for the vast numbers of people that should be slain with the sword, or carried captive:
saith the Lord God; which is added for the confirmation of it; for what he has spoken shall be done.
John Wesley
32:16 This is the lamentation - This mournful account, which the prophet has given of Egypt.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:16 As in Ezek 19:14. This is a prophetical lamentation; yet so it shall come to pass [GROTIUS].
32:1732:17: Ողբք ՚ի վերայ փարաւոնի եւ Եգիպտոսի[12809]։ Եւ եղեւ յամին երկոտասաներորդի՝ յամսեանն առաջնում, որ օր հնգետասան էր ամսոյն. եղեւ բա՛ն Տեառն առ իս՝ եւ ասէ. [12809] ՚Ի բազումս պակասի վերնագիրս. Ողբք ՚ի վերայ փարաւոնի եւ Եգիպ՛՛։
17 Ողբ Փարաւոնի ու Եգիպտոսի վրայ: Տասներկուերորդ տարում, առաջին ամսին, ամսուայ տասնհինգերորդ օրը, Տէրը խօսեց ինձ հետ ու ասաց.
17 Տասնըերկրորդ տարուան, առաջին ամսուան տասնըհինգին, Տէրոջը խօսքը ինծի եղաւ՝ ըսելով
Եւ եղեւ յամին երկոտասաներորդի, [702]յամսեանն առաջնում``, որ օր հնգետասան էր ամսոյն, եղեւ բան Տեառն առ իս եւ ասէ:

32:17: Ողբք ՚ի վերայ փարաւոնի եւ Եգիպտոսի[12809]։ Եւ եղեւ յամին երկոտասաներորդի՝ յամսեանն առաջնում, որ օր հնգետասան էր ամսոյն. եղեւ բա՛ն Տեառն առ իս՝ եւ ասէ.
[12809] ՚Ի բազումս պակասի վերնագիրս. Ողբք ՚ի վերայ փարաւոնի եւ Եգիպ՛՛։
17 Ողբ Փարաւոնի ու Եգիպտոսի վրայ: Տասներկուերորդ տարում, առաջին ամսին, ամսուայ տասնհինգերորդ օրը, Տէրը խօսեց ինձ հետ ու ասաց.
17 Տասնըերկրորդ տարուան, առաջին ամսուան տասնըհինգին, Տէրոջը խօսքը ինծի եղաւ՝ ըսելով
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:1732:17 В двенадцатом году, в пятнадцатый {день того же} месяца, было ко мне слово Господне:
32:17 καὶ και and; even ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become ἐν εν in τῷ ο the δωδεκάτῳ δωδεκατος twelfth ἔτει ετος year τοῦ ο the πρώτου πρωτος first; foremost μηνὸς μην.1 month πεντεκαιδεκάτῃ πεντεκαιδεκατος fifteenth τοῦ ο the μηνὸς μην.1 month ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become λόγος λογος word; log κυρίου κυριος lord; master πρός προς to; toward με με me λέγων λεγω tell; declare
32:17 וַֽ wˈa וְ and יְהִי֙ yᵊhˌî היה be בִּ bi בְּ in שְׁתֵּ֣י šᵊttˈê שְׁנַיִם two עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה ʕeśrˈē עֶשְׂרֵה -teen שָׁנָ֔ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year בַּ ba בְּ in חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה ḥᵃmiššˌā חָמֵשׁ five עָשָׂ֖ר ʕāśˌār עָשָׂר -teen לַ la לְ to † הַ the חֹ֑דֶשׁ ḥˈōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month הָיָ֥ה hāyˌā היה be דְבַר־ ḏᵊvar- דָּבָר word יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֵלַ֥י ʔēlˌay אֶל to לֵ lē לְ to אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
32:17. et factum est in duodecimo anno in quintadecima mensis factum est verbum Domini ad me dicensAnd it came to pass in the twelfth year, in the fifteenth day of the month, that the word of the Lord came to me saying:
17. It came to pass also in the twelfth year, in the fifteenth of the month, that the word of the LORD came unto me, saying,
32:17. And it happened that, in the twelfth year, on the fifteenth of the month, the word of the Lord came to me saying:
32:17. It came to pass also in the twelfth year, in the fifteenth [day] of the month, [that] the word of the LORD came unto me, saying,
It came to pass also in the twelfth year, in the fifteenth [day] of the month, [that] the word of the LORD came unto me, saying:

32:17 В двенадцатом году, в пятнадцатый {день того же} месяца, было ко мне слово Господне:
32:17
καὶ και and; even
ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become
ἐν εν in
τῷ ο the
δωδεκάτῳ δωδεκατος twelfth
ἔτει ετος year
τοῦ ο the
πρώτου πρωτος first; foremost
μηνὸς μην.1 month
πεντεκαιδεκάτῃ πεντεκαιδεκατος fifteenth
τοῦ ο the
μηνὸς μην.1 month
ἐγένετο γινομαι happen; become
λόγος λογος word; log
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
πρός προς to; toward
με με me
λέγων λεγω tell; declare
32:17
וַֽ wˈa וְ and
יְהִי֙ yᵊhˌî היה be
בִּ bi בְּ in
שְׁתֵּ֣י šᵊttˈê שְׁנַיִם two
עֶשְׂרֵ֣ה ʕeśrˈē עֶשְׂרֵה -teen
שָׁנָ֔ה šānˈā שָׁנָה year
בַּ ba בְּ in
חֲמִשָּׁ֥ה ḥᵃmiššˌā חָמֵשׁ five
עָשָׂ֖ר ʕāśˌār עָשָׂר -teen
לַ la לְ to
הַ the
חֹ֑דֶשׁ ḥˈōḏeš חֹדֶשׁ month
הָיָ֥ה hāyˌā היה be
דְבַר־ ḏᵊvar- דָּבָר word
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֵלַ֥י ʔēlˌay אֶל to
לֵ לְ to
אמֹֽר׃ ʔmˈōr אמר say
32:17. et factum est in duodecimo anno in quintadecima mensis factum est verbum Domini ad me dicens
And it came to pass in the twelfth year, in the fifteenth day of the month, that the word of the Lord came to me saying:
32:17. And it happened that, in the twelfth year, on the fifteenth of the month, the word of the Lord came to me saying:
32:17. It came to pass also in the twelfth year, in the fifteenth [day] of the month, [that] the word of the LORD came unto me, saying,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ mh▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
17. Не указан месяц; это указание могло быть опущено переписчиками скорее всего, если месяц был тот же, что и для предшествующей речи: 12-й, тогда настоящая речь отделялась бы от предшествующей только 15: днями, что и естественно при их близкой связи по содержанию. Но LXX ставят 1-й месяц (а в дате 1: ст. исправляют 12-й год на 10: или 11, так как при 12: годе вторая речь - не понятно, почему - была бы раньше первой).
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
17 It came to pass also in the twelfth year, in the fifteenth day of the month, that the word of the LORD came unto me, saying, 18 Son of man, wail for the multitude of Egypt, and cast them down, even her, and the daughters of the famous nations, unto the nether parts of the earth, with them that go down into the pit. 19 Whom dost thou pass in beauty? go down, and be thou laid with the uncircumcised. 20 They shall fall in the midst of them that are slain by the sword: she is delivered to the sword: draw her and all her multitudes. 21 The strong among the mighty shall speak to him out of the midst of hell with them that help him: they are gone down, they lie uncircumcised, slain by the sword. 22 Asshur is there and all her company: his graves are about him: all of them slain, fallen by the sword: 23 Whose graves are set in the sides of the pit, and her company is round about her grave: all of them slain, fallen by the sword, which caused terror in the land of the living. 24 There is Elam and all her multitude round about her grave, all of them slain, fallen by the sword, which are gone down uncircumcised into the nether parts of the earth, which caused their terror in the land of the living; yet have they borne their shame with them that go down to the pit. 25 They have set her a bed in the midst of the slain with all her multitude: her graves are round about him: all of them uncircumcised, slain by the sword: though their terror was caused in the land of the living, yet have they borne their shame with them that go down to the pit: he is put in the midst of them that be slain. 26 There is Meshech, Tubal, and all her multitude: her graves are round about him: all of them uncircumcised, slain by the sword, though they caused their terror in the land of the living. 27 And they shall not lie with the mighty that are fallen of the uncircumcised, which are gone down to hell with their weapons of war: and they have laid their swords under their heads, but their iniquities shall be upon their bones, though they were the terror of the mighty in the land of the living. 28 Yea, thou shalt be broken in the midst of the uncircumcised, and shalt lie with them that are slain with the sword. 29 There is Edom, her kings, and all her princes, which with their might are laid by them that were slain by the sword: they shall lie with the uncircumcised, and with them that go down to the pit. 30 There be the princes of the north, all of them, and all the Zidonians, which are gone down with the slain; with their terror they are ashamed of their might; and they lie uncircumcised with them that be slain by the sword, and bear their shame with them that go down to the pit. 31 Pharaoh shall see them, and shall be comforted over all his multitude, even Pharaoh and all his army slain by the sword, saith the Lord GOD. 32 For I have caused my terror in the land of the living: and he shall be laid in the midst of the uncircumcised with them that are slain with the sword, even Pharaoh and all his multitude, saith the Lord GOD.
This prophecy concludes and completes the burden of Egypt, and leaves it and all its multitude in the pit of destruction.
I. We are here invited to attend the funeral of that once flourishing kingdom, to lament its fall, and to take a view of those who attend it to the grave and accompany it in the grave.
1. This dead corpse of a kingdom is here brought to the grave. The prophet is ordered to cast them down to the pit (v. 18), to foretel their destruction as one that had authority, as Jeremiah was set over the kingdoms, Jer. i. 10. He must speak in God's name, and as from him who will cast them down. Yet he must foretel it as one that had an affectionate concern for them; he must wail for the multitude of Egypt, even when he casts them down. When Egypt is slain, let her have an honourable funeral, befitting her quality; let her be buried with the daughters of the famous nations, in their burying-places and with the same ceremony. It is but a poor allay to the reproach and terror of death to be buried with those that were famous; yet this is all that is allowed to Egypt. Shall Egypt think to exempt herself from the common fate of proud and imperious nations? No; she must take her lot with them (v. 19): "Whom dost thou surpass in beauty? Art thou so much fairer than any other nation that thou shouldst expect therefore to be excused? No; others as fair as thou have sunk into the pit; go down therefore, and be thou laid with the uncircumcised. Thou art like them and art likely to lie among them. The multitude of Egypt shall all fall in the midst of those that are slain with the sword, now that there is a general slaughter made among the nations." Egypt with the rest must drink of the bloody cup, and therefore she is delivered to the sword, to the sword of war (but, in God's hand, the sword of justice), is delivered to be publicly executed. Draw her and all her multitude; draw them either as the dead bodies of great men are drawn in honour to the grave, in a hearse, or as malefactors are drawn in disgrace to the place of execution, on a sledge; draw them to the pit, and let them be made a spectacle to the world.
2. This corpse of a kingdom is bid welcome to the grave, and Pharaoh is made free of the congregation of the dead, and admitted into their regions, not without some pomp and ceremony. As the surprising fall of the king of Babylon is thus illustrated, Hell from beneath is moved for thee to meet thee at thy coming, and to introduce thee into those mansions of darkness (Isa. xiv. 9, &c.), so here (v. 21), They shall speak to him out of the midst of hell, as it were congratulating his arrival and calling him to join with them in acknowledging that which neither he nor they would be brought to own when they were in their pomp and pride, that it is in vain to think of contesting with God, and none ever hardened their hearts against him and prospered. They shall say to him, and to those that pretended to help him, Where are you now? What have you brought your attempts to at last? Divers nations are here mentioned as gone down to the grave before Egypt that are ready to give her a scornful reception and upbraid her with coming to them at last. These nations here spoken of were probably such as had been of late years ruined and wasted by the king of Babylon, and their princes cut off; let Egypt know that she has neighbour's fare. When she goes to the grave she does but migrare ad plures--migrate to the majority; there are innumerable before her. But it is observable that though Judah and Jerusalem were just about this time, or a little before, utterly ruined and laid waste, yet they are not mentioned here among the nations that welcome Egypt to the pit; for though they suffered the same things that these nations suffered, and by the same hand, yet the kind intentions of their affliction, and its happy issue at last, and the mercy God had yet in reserve for them, altered the property of it; it was not to them a going down to the pit, as it was to the heathen; they were not smitten as others were, nor slain according to the slaughter of other nations, Isa. xxvii. 7. But let us see who those are that have gone to the grave before Egypt, that lie uncircumcised, slain by the sword, with whom she must now take up her lodging. (1.) There lie the Assyrian empire, and all the princes and mighty men of that monarchy (v. 22): Asshur is there and all her company, all the countries that were tributaries to and had dependence upon that crown. That mighty potentate who used to lie in state, with his guards and grandees about him, now lies in obscurity, with his graves about him and his soldiers in them, unable any longer to do him service or honour; they are all of them slain, fallen by the sword. The number of their months was cut off in the midst, and, being bloody and deceitful men, they were not suffered to live out half their days. Their braves were set in the sides of the pit, all in a row, like beds in a common chamber, v. 23. All their company is such as were slain, fallen by the sword; a vast congregation there is of such, who had caused terror in the land of the living. But as the death of those to whom they were a terror put an end to their fears (in the grave the prisoners rest together and hear not the voice of the oppressor, Job iii. 18), so the death of these mighty men puts an end to their terrors. Who is afraid of a dead lion? Note, Death will be a king of terrors to those who, instead of making themselves blessings, make themselves terrors, in their generation. (2.) There lies the kingdom of Persia, which perhaps within the memory of man at that time had been wasted and brought down: There is Elam and all her multitude, the king of Elam and his numerous armies, v. 24, 25. They also had caused their terror in the land of the living, had made a fearful noise and bluster among the nations in their day. But Elam has now a grave by herself, and the graves of the common people round about her, fallen by the sword; she has her bed in the midst of the slain that went down uncircumcised, unsanctified, unholy, and not in covenant with God. They have borne their shame with those that go down to the pit; they have fallen under the common disgrace and mortification of mankind, that they die and are buried; nay, they die under particular marks of ignominy, which God and man put upon them. Note, Those who cause their terror shall, sooner or later, bear their shame, and be made a terror to themselves. The king of Elam is put in the midst of those that are slain. All the honour he can now pretend to is to be buried in the chief sepulchre. (3.) There lies the Scythian power, which, about this time, was busy in the world. Meshech and Tubal, those barbarous northern nations, had lately made a descent upon the Medes, and caused their terror among them, lived among them upon free quarter for some years, making every thing their own that they could lay their hands on; but at length Cyaxares, king of the Medes, drew them by a wile into his power, but off abundance of them, and obliged them to quit his country, v. 26. There lie Meshech and Tubal, and all their multitude; there is a burying place for them, with their chief commander in the midst of them, all of them uncircumcised, slain by the sword. These Scythians, dying ingloriously as they lived, are not laid, as the other nations spoken of before, in the bed of honour (v. 27): They shall not lie with the mighty, shall not be buried in state, as those are, even by consent of the enemy, that are slain in the field of battle, that go down to their graves with their weapons of war carried before the hearse, or trailed after it, that have particularly their swords laid under their heads, as if they could sleep the sweeter in the grave when they laid their heads on such a pillow. These Scythians are not buried with these marks of honour, but their iniquities shall be upon their sons; they shall, for their iniquity, be left unburied, though they were the terror even of the mighty in the land of the living. (4.) There lies the kingdom of Edom, which had flourished long, but about this time, at least before the destruction of Egypt, was made quite desolate, as was foretold, ch. xxv. 13. Among the sepulchres of the nations there is Edom, v. 29. There lie, not dignified with monuments or inscriptions, but mingled with common dust, her kings and all her princes, her wise statesmen (which Edom was famous for), and her brave soldiers. These with their might are laid by those that were slain by the sword; their might could not prevent it, nay, their might helped to procure it, for that both encouraged them to engage in war and incensed their neighbours against them, who thought it necessary to curb their growing greatness. A great deal of pains they took to ruin themselves, as many do, who with their might, with all their might, are laid by those that were slain with the sword. The Edomites retained circumcision, being of the seed of Abraham. But that shall stand them in no stead; they shall lie with the uncircumcised. (5.) There lie the princes of the north, and all the Zidonians. These were as well acquainted with maritime affairs as the Egyptians were, who relied much upon that part of their strength, but they have gone down with the slain (v. 30), down to the pit. Now they are ashamed of their might, ashamed to think how much they boasted of it and trusted to it; and, as the Edomites with their might, so these with their terror, are laid with those that are slain by the sword and are forced to take their lot with them. They bear their shame with those that go down to the pit, die in as much disgrace as those that are cut off by the hand of public justice. (6.) All this is applied to Pharaoh and the Egyptians, who have no reason to flatter themselves with hopes of tranquillity when they see how the wisest, and wealthiest, and strongest, of their neighbours have been laid waste (v. 28): "Yea, thou shalt be broken in the midst of the uncircumcised; when God is pulling down the unhumbled and unreformed nations thou must expect to come down with them." [1.] It will be some extenuation of the miseries of Egypt to observe that it has been the case of so many great and mighty nations before (v. 31): Pharaoh shall see them and be comforted; it will be some ease to his mind that he is not the first king that has been slain in battle--his not the first army that has been routed, his not the first kingdom that has been made desolate. Mr. Greenhill observes here, "The comfort which wicked ones have after death is poor comfort, not real, but imaginary." They will find little satisfaction in having so many fellow-sufferers; the rich man in hell dreaded it. It is only in point of honour that Pharaoh can see and be comforted. [2.] But nothing will be an exemption from these miseries; for (v. 32) I have caused my terror in the land of the living. Great men have caused their terror, have studied how to make every body fear them. Oderint dum metuant--Let them hate, so that they do but fear. But now the great God has caused his terror in the land of the living; and therefore he laughs at theirs, because he sees that his day is coming, Ps. xxxvii. 13. In this day of terror Pharaoh and all his multitude shall be laid with those that are slain by the sword.
II. The view which this prophecy gives us of ruined states may show us something, 1. Of this present world, and the empire of death in it. Come, and see the calamitous state of human life; see what a dying world this is. The strong die, the mighty die, Pharaoh and all his multitude. See what a killing world this is. They are all slain with the sword. As if men did not die fast enough of themselves, men are ingenious at finding out ways to destroy one another. It is not only a great pit, but a great cock-pit. 2. Of the other world. Though it is the destruction of nations as such that perhaps is principally intended here, yet here is a plain allusion to the final and everlasting ruin of impenitent sinners, of those that are uncircumcised in heart; they are slain by the sword of divine justice; their iniquity is upon them, and with it they bear their shame. Those, Christ's enemies, that would not have him to reign over them, shall be brought forth and slain before him, though they be as pompous, though they be as numerous, as Pharaoh and all his multitude.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:17: In the twelfth year - Two of Kennicott's MSS., one of De Rossi's, and one of my own, (that mentioned Eze 32:1), have, in the Eleventh year; and so has the Syriac, as before. This prophecy concerns the people of Egypt.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:17: The seventh prophecy against Egypt Ezek. 32:17-32. A funeral dirge founded on Eze 31:18. The figure is the same as in isa 14, where see the notes. In this dirge Pharaoh is especially addressed. The other nations are represented by their kings, the nations' overthrow being depicted by the king's body laid low in the grave.
The month - i. e., the twelfth (see Eze 32:1).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:17: in the twelfth: Eze 32:1, Eze 1:2
the fifteenth: That is, of the twelfth month, just a fortnight after the preceding prophecy.
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
32:17
Funeral-Dirge for the Destruction of the Might of Egypt
This second lamentation or mourning ode, according to the heading in Ezek 32:17, belongs to the same year as the preceding, and to the 15th of the month, no doubt the 12th month; in which case it was composed only fourteen days after the first. The statement of the month is omitted here, as in Ezek 26:1; and the omission is, no doubt, to be attributed to a copyist in this instance also. In the ode, which Ewald aptly describes as a "dull, heavy lamentation," we have six regular strophes, preserving the uniform and monotonous character of the lamentations for the dead, in which the thought is worked out, that Egypt, like other great nations, is cast down to the nether world. The whole of it is simply an elegiac expansion of the closing thought of the previous chapter (Ezekiel 31).
Ezek 32:18-21
Introduction and first strophe. - Ezek 32:18. Son of man, lament over the tumult of Egypt, and hurl it down, her, like the daughters of glorious nations, into the nether world, to those who go into the pit! Ezek 32:19. Whom dost thou surpass in loveliness? Go down and lay thyself with the uncircumcised. Ezek 32:20. Among those slain with the sword will they fall; the sword is handed, draw her down and all her tumult. Ezek 32:21. The strong ones of the heroes say of it out of the midst of hell with its helpers: they are gone down, they lie there, the uncircumcised, slain with the sword. - נהה, utter a lamentation, and והורדהוּ, thrust it (the tumult of Egypt) down, are co-ordinate. With the lamentation, or by means thereof, is Ezekiel to thrust down the tumult of Egypt into hell. The lamentation is God's word; and as such it has the power to accomplish what it utters. אותהּ is not intended as a repetition of the suffix ־הוּ, but resumes the principal idea contained in the object already named, viz., מצרים, Egypt, i.e., its population. אותהּ and the daughters of glorious nations are co-ordinate. בּנות, as in the expression, daughter of Tyre, daughter Babel, denotes the population of powerful heathen nations. The גּוים אדּרם can only be the nations enumerated in Ezek 32:22, Ezek 32:24., which, according to these verses, are already in Sheol, not about to be thrust down, but thrust down already. Consequently the copula ו before בּנות is to be taken in the sense of a comparison, as in 1Kings 12:15 (cf. Ewald, 340b). All these glorious nations have also been hurled down by the word of God; and Egypt is to be associated with them. By thus placing Egypt on a level with all the fallen nations, the enumeration of which fills the middle strophes of the ode, the lamentation over Egypt is extended into a funeral-dirge on the fall of all the heathen powers of the world. For ארץ תּחתּיּות and יורדי , compare Ezekiel 276:20. The ode itself commences in Ezek 32:19, by giving prominence to the glory of the falling kingdom. But this prominence consists in the brief inquiry ממּי נעמתּ, before whom art thou lovely? i.e., art thou more lovely than any one else? The words are addressed either to המון מצרים (Ezek 32:18), or what is more probable, to Pharaoh with all his tumult (cf. Ezek 32:32), i.e., to the world-power, Egypt, as embodied in the person of Pharaoh; and the meaning of the question is the following: - Thou, Egypt, art indeed lovely; but thou art not better or more lovely than other mighty heathen nations; therefore thou canst not expect any better fate than to go down into Sheol, and there lie with the uncircumcised. ערלים, as in Ezek 31:18. This is carried out still further in Ezek 32:20, and the ground thereof assigned. The subject to יפּלוּ is the Egyptians, or Pharaoh and his tumult. They fall in the midst of those pierced with the sword. The sword is already handed to the executor of the judgment, the king of Babel (Ezek 31:11). Their destruction is so certain, that the words are addressed to the bearers of the sword: "Draw Egypt and all its tumult down into Sheol" (משׁכוּ is imperative for משׁכוּ in Ex 12:21), and, according to Ezek 32:21, the heathen already in Sheol are speaking of his destruction. ידבּרוּ לו is rendered by many, "there speak to him, address him, greet him," with an allusion to Is 14:9., where the king of Babel, when descending into Sheol, is greeted with malicious pleasure by the kings already there. But however obvious the fact may be that Ezekiel has this passage in mind, there is no address in the verse before us as in Is 14:10, but simply a statement concerning the Egyptians, made in the third person. Moreover, את־עזריו could hardly be made to harmonize with ידבּרוּ לו, if לו signified ad eum. For it is not allowable to connect עת־עזריו (taken in the sense of along with their helpers) with אלי גבּורים as a noun in apposition, for the simple reason that the two are separated by מתּוך שׁאול. Consequently את־עזריו can only belong to ידבּרוּ: they talk (of him) with his helpers. עזריו, his (Pharaoh's) helpers are his allies, who have already gone down before him into hell (cf. Ezek 30:8). The singular suffix, which has offended Hitzig, is quite in order as corresponding to לו. The words, "they have gone down, lie there," etc., point once more to the fact that the same fate has happened to the Egyptians as to all the rest of the rulers and nations of the world whom God has judged. For אלי גבּורים, strong ones of the heroes, compare the comm. on Ezek 31:11. שׁאול, hell = the nether world, the gathering-place of the dead; not the place of punishment for the damned. חללי without the article is a predicate, and not in apposition to הערלים. On the application of this epithet to the Egyptians, Kliefoth has correctly observed that "the question whether the Egyptians received circumcision is one that has no bearing upon this passage; for in the sense in which Ezekiel understands circumcision, the Egyptians were uncircumcised, even if they were accustomed to circumcise their flesh."
In the four following strophes (Ezek 32:22-30) a series of heathen nations is enumerated, whom the Egyptian finds already in hell, and with whom he will share the same fate. There are six of these - namely, Asshur, Elam, Meshech-Tubal, Edom, the princes of the north, and Sidon. The six are divisible into two classes - three great and remote world-powers, and three smaller neighbouring nations. In this no regard is paid to the time of destruction. With the empire of Asshur, which had already fallen, there are associated Elam and Meshech-Tubal, two nations, which only rose to the rank of world-powers in the more immediate and more remote future; and among the neighbouring nations, the Sidonians and princes of the north, i.e., The Syrian kings, are grouped with Edom, although the Sidonians had long ago given up their supremacy to Tyre, and the Aramean kings, who had once so grievously oppressed the kingdom of Israel, had already been swallowed up in the Assyrian and Chaldean empire. It may, indeed, be said that "in any case, at the time when Ezekiel prophesied, princes enough had already descended into Sheol both of the Assyrians and Elamites, etc., to welcome the Egyptians as soon as they came" (Kliefoth); but with the same justice may it also be said that many of the rulers and countrymen of Egypt had also descended into Sheol already, at the time when Pharaoh, reigning in Ezekiel's day, was to share the same fate. It is evident, therefore, that "any such reflection upon chronological relations is out of place in connection with our text, the intention of which is merely to furnish an exemplification" (Kliefoth), and that Ezekiel looks upon Egypt more in the light of a world-power, discerning in its fall the overthrow of all the heathen power of the world, and predicting it under the prophetic picture, that Pharaoh and his tumult are expected and welcomed by the princes and nations that have already descended into Sheol, as coming to share their fate with them.
Ezek 32:22-23
Second strophe. - Ezek 32:22. There is Asshur and all its multitude, round about it their graves, all of them slain, fallen by the sword Ezek 32:23. Whose graves are made in the deepest pit, and its multitude is round about its grave; all slain, fallen by the sword, who spread terror in the land of the living. - The enumeration commences with Asshur, the world-power, which had already been overthrown by the Chaldeans. It is important to notice here, that אשּׁוּר, like עילם in Ezek 32:24, and משׁך in Ezek 32:26, is construed as a feminine, as המונהּ which follows in every case plainly shows. It is obvious, therefore, that the predominant idea is not that of the king or people, but that of the kingdom or world-power. It is true that in the suffixes attached to סביבותיו קברתיו in Ezek 32:22, and סביבותיו in Ezek 32:25 and Ezek 32:26, the masculine alternates with the feminine, and Hitzig therefore proposes to erase these words; but the alternation may be very simply explained, on the ground that the ideas of the kingdom and its king are not kept strictly separate, but that the words oscillate from one idea to the other. It is affirmed of Asshur, that as a world-power it lies in Sheol, and the gravers of its countrymen are round about the graves of its ruler. They all lie there as those who have fallen by the sword, i.e., who have been swept away by a judgment of God. To this is added in Ezek 32:23 the declaration that the graves of Asshur lie in the utmost sides, i.e., the utmost or deepest extremity of Sheol; whereas so long as this power together with its people was in the land of the living, i.e., so long as they ruled on earth, they spread terror all around them by their violent deeds. From the loftiest height of earthly might and greatness, they are hurled down to the lowest hell. The higher on earth, the deeper in the nether world. Hvernick has entirely misunderstood the words "round about Asshur are its graves" (Ezek 32:22), and "its multitude is round about its grave" (the grave of this world-power), when he finds therein the thought that the graves and corpses are to be regarded as separated, so that the dead are waiting near their graves in deepest sorrow, looking for the honour of burial, but looking in vain. There is not a word of this in the text, but simply that the graves of the people lie round about the grave of their ruler.
Ezek 32:24-25
Third strophe. - Ezek 32:24. There is Elam, and all its multitude round about its grave; all of them slain, fallen by the sword, who went down uncircumcised into the nether world, who spread terror before them in the land of the living, and bear their shame with those who went into the pit. Ezek 32:25. In the midst of the slain have they made it a bed with all its multitude, round about it are their graves; all of them uncircumcised, pierced with the sword; because terror was spread before them in the land of the living, they bear their shame with those who have gone into the pit. In the midst of slain ones is he laid. - Asshur is followed by עילם, Elam, the warlike people of Elymais, i.e., Susiana, the modern Chusistan, whose archers served in the Assyrian army (Is 22:6), and which is mentioned along with the Medes as one of the conquerors of Babylon (Is 21:2), whereas Jeremiah prophesied its destruction at the commencement of Zedekiah's reign (Jer 49:34.). Ezekiel says just the same of Elam as he has already said of Asshur, and almost in the same words. The only difference is, that his description is more copious, and that he expresses more distinctly the thought of shameful destruction which is implied in the fact of lying in Sheol among the slain, and repeats it a second time, and that he also sets the bearing of shame into Sheol in contrast with the terror which Elam had spread around it during its life on earth. נשׂא , as in Ezek 16:52. The ב in בּכל־המונהּ is either the "with of association," or the fact of being in the midst of a crowd. להּ refers to עילם; and נתנוּ has an indefinite subject, "they gave" = there was given. משׁכּב, the resting-place of the dead, as in 2Chron 16:14. The last clause in Ezek 32:25 is an emphatic repetition of the leading thought: he (Elam) is brought or laid in the midst of the slain.
Ezek 32:26-28
Fourth strophe. - Ezek 32:26. There is Meshech-Tubal and all its multitude, its graves round about it; all of them uncircumcised, slain in with the sword, because they spread terror before them in the land of the living. Ezek 32:27. They lie not with the fallen heroes of uncircumcised men, who went down into hell with their weapons of war, whose swords they laid under their heads; their iniquities have come upon their bones, because they were a terror of the heroes in the land of the living. Ezek 32:28. Thou also wilt be dashed to pieces among uncircumcised men, and lie with those slain with the sword. - משׁך and תּבל, the Moschi and Tibareni of the Greeks (see the comm. on Ezek 27:13), are joined together ἀσυνδετῶς here as one people or heathen power; and Ewald, Hitzig, and others suppose that the reference is to the Scythians, who invaded the land in the time of Josiah, and the majority of whom had miserably perished not very long before (Herod. i. 106). But apart from the fact that the prophets of the Old Testament make no allusion to any invasion of Palestine by the Scythians (see Minor Prophets, vol. ii. p. 124, Eng. transl.), this view is founded entirely upon the erroneous supposition that in this funeral-dirge Ezekiel mentions only such peoples as had sustained great defeats a longer or shorter time before. Meshech-Tubal comes into consideration here, as in Ezekiel 38, as a northern power, which is overcome in its conflict with the kingdom of God, and is prophetically exhibited by the prophet as having already fallen under the judgment of death. In Ezek 32:26 Ezekiel makes the same announcement as he has already made concerning Asshur in Ezek 32:22, Ezek 32:23, and with regard to Elam in Ezek 32:24, Ezek 32:25. But the announcement in Ezek 32:27 is obscure. Rosenmller, Ewald, Hvernick, and others, regard this verse as a question (ולא in the sense of הלא): "and should they not lie with (rest with) other fallen heroes of the uncircumcised, who...?" i.e., they do lie with them, and could not possibly expect a better fate. But although the interrogation is merely indicated by the tone where the language is excited, and therefore ולא might stand for הלא, as in Ex 8:22, there is not the slightest indication of such excitement in the description given here as could render this assumption a probable one. On the contrary, ולא at the commencement of the sentence suggests the supposition that an antithesis is intended to the preceding verse. And the probability of this conjecture is heightened by the allusion made to heroes, who have descended into the nether world with their weapons of war; inasmuch as, at all events, something is therein affirmed which does not apply to all the heroes who have gone down into hell. The custom of placing the weapons of fallen heroes along with them in the grave is attested by Diod. Sic. xviii. 26; Arrian, i. 5; Virgil, Ane. vi. 233 (cf. Dougtaei Analectt. ss. i. pp. 281, 282); and, according to the ideas prevailing in ancient times, it was a mark of great respect to the dead. But the last place in which we should expect to meet with any allusion to the payment of such honour to the dead would be in connection with Meshech and Tubal, those wild hordes of the north, who were only known to Israel by hearsay. We therefore follow the Vulgate, the Rabbins, and many of the earlier commentators, and regard the verse before us as containing a declaration that the slain of Meshech-Tubal would not receive the honour of resting in the nether world along with those fallen heroes whose weapons were buried with them in the grave, because they fell with honour.
(Note: C. a Lapide has already given the true meaning: "He compares them, therefore, not with the righteous, but with the heathen, who, although uncircumcised, had met with a glorious death, i.e., they will be more wretched than these; for the latter went down to the shades with glory, but they with ignominy, as if conquered and slain.")
כּלי מלחמה, instruments of war, weapons, as in Deut 1:41. The text leaves it uncertain who they were who had been buried with such honours. The Seventy have confounded מערלים with מעולם, and rendered ,נפלים τῶν πεπτωκότων ἀπ ̓αἰῶνος possibly thinking of the gibborim of Gen 6:4. Dathe and Hitzig propose to alter the text to this; and even Hvernick imagines that the prophet may possibly have had such passages as Gen 6:4 and Gen 10:9. floating before his mind. But there is not sufficient ground to warrant an alteration of the text; and if Ezekiel had had Gen 6:4 in his mind, he would no doubt have written הגבּורים. The clause ותּהי עונותם is regarded by the more recent commentators as a continuation of the preceding 'ויּתּנוּ וגו, which is a very natural conclusion, if we simply take notice of the construction. But if we consider the sense of the words, this combination can hardly be sustained. The words, "and so were their iniquities upon their bones" (or they came upon them), can well be understood as an explanation of the reason for their descending into Sheol with their weapons, and lying upon their swords. We must therefore regard ותּהי עונותם as a continuation of ישׁכּבוּ, so that their not resting with those who were buried with their weapons of war furnishes the proof that their guilt lay upon their bones. The words, therefore, have no other meaning than the phrase ישׂאוּ כלמּתם in Ezek 32:24 and Ezek 32:30. Sin comes upon the bones when the punishment consequent upon it falls upon the bones of the sinner. In the last clause we connect גבּורים with חתּית, terror of the heroes, i.e., terrible even to heroes on account of their savage and cruel nature. In Ezek 32:28 we cannot take אתּה as referring to Meshech-Tubal, as many of the commentators propose. A direct address to that people would be at variance with the whole plan of the ode. Moreover, the declaration contained in the verse would contradict what precedes. As Meshech-Tubal is already lying in Sheol among the slain, according to Ezek 32:26, the announcement cannot be made to it for the first time here, that it is to be dashed in pieces and laid with those who are slain with the sword. It is the Egyptian who is addressed, and he is told that this fate will also fall upon him. And through this announcement, occurring in the midst of the list of peoples that have already gone down to Sheol, the design of that list is once more called to mind.
Ezek 32:29-30
Fifth strophe. - Ezek 32:29. There are Edom, its kings and all its princes, who in spite of their bravery are associated with those that are pierced with the sword; they lie with the uncircumcised and with those that have gone down into the pit. Ezek 32:30. There are princes of the north, all of them, and all the Sidonians who have gone down to the slain, been put to shame in spite of the dread of them because of their bravery; they lie there as uncircumcised, and bear their shame with those who have gone into the pit. - In this strophe Ezekiel groups together the rest of the heathen nations in the neighbourhood of Israel; and in doing so, he changes the שׁם of the preceding list for שׁמּה, thither. This might be taken prophetically: thither will they come, "to these they also belong" (Hvernick), only such nations being mentioned here as are still awaiting their destruction. But, in the first place, the perfects אשׁר נתנוּ, אשׁר ירדוּ, in Ezek 32:29, Ezek 32:30, do not favour this explanation, inasmuch as they are used as preterites in Ezek 32:22, Ezek 32:24, Ezek 32:25, Ezek 32:26, Ezek 32:27; and, secondly, even in the previous strophes, not only are such peoples mentioned as have already perished, but some, like Elam and Meshech-Tubal, which did not rise into historical importance, or exert any influence upon the development of the kingdom of God till after Ezekiel's time, whereas the Edomites and Sidonians were already approaching destruction. We therefore regard שׁמּה as simply a variation of expression in the sense of "thither have they come," without discovering any allusion to the future. - In the case of Edom, kings and נשׂיאים, i.e., tribe-princes, are mentioned. The allusion is to the 'alluphim or phylarchs, literally chiliarchs, the heads of the leading families (Gen 36:15.), in whose hands the government of the people lay, inasmuch as the kings were elective, and were probably chosen by the phylarchs (see the comm. on Gen 36:31.). בּגבוּרתם, in, or with their bravery, i.e., in spite of it. There is something remarkable in the allusion to princes of the north (נסיכי, lit., persons enfeoffed, vassal-princes; see the comm. on Josh 13:21 and Mic 5:4) in connection with the Sidonians, and after Meshech-Tubal the representative of the northern nations. The association with the Sidonians renders the conjecture a very natural one, that allusion is made to the north of Palestine, and more especially to the Aram of Scripture, with its many separate states and princes (Hvernick); although Jer 25:26, "the kings of the north, both far and near," does not furnish a conclusive proof of this. So much, at any rate, is certain, that the princes of the north are not to be identified with the Sidonians. For, as Kliefoth has correctly observed, "there are six heathen nations mentioned, viz., Asshur, Elam, Meshech-Tubal, Edom, the princes of the north, and Sidon; and if we add Egypt to the list, we shall have seven, which would be thoroughly adapted, as it was eminently intended, to depict the fate of universal heathenism." A principle is also clearly discernible in the mode in which they are grouped. Asshur, Elam, and Meshech-Tubal represent the greater and more distant world-powers; Edom the princes of the north, and Sidon the neighbouring nations of Israel on both south and north. בּחתּיתם מגּבוּרתם, literally, in dread of them, (which proceeded) from their bravery, i.e., which their bravery inspired. 'ויּשׂאוּ וגו, as in Ezek 32:24.
Ezek 32:31-32
Sixth and last strophe. - Ezek 32:31. Pharaoh will see them, and comfort himself over all his multitude. Pharaoh and all his army are slain with the sword, is the saying of the Lord Jehovah. Ezek 32:32. For I caused him to spread terror in the land of the living, therefore is he laid in the midst of uncircumcised, those slain with the sword. Pharaoh and all his multitude, is the saying of the Lord Jehovah. - In these verses the application to Egypt follows. Pharaoh will see in the nether world all the greater and smaller heathen nations with their rulers; and when he sees them all given up to the judgment of death, he will comfort himself over the fate which has fallen upon himself and his army, as he will perceive that he could not expect any better lot than that of the other rulers of the world. נחם על, to comfort oneself, as in Ezek 31:16 and Ezek 14:22. Hitzig's assertion, that נחם never signifies to comfort oneself, is incorrect (see the comm. on Ezek 14:22). נתתּי את־חתּיתו, I have given terror of him, i.e., I have made him an instrument of terror. The Keri חתּיתי arose from a misunderstanding. The Chetib is confirmed by Ezek 32:24 and Ezek 32:26. In Ezek 32:32 the ode is brought to a close by returning even in expression to Ezek 32:19 and Ezek 32:20.
If, now, we close with a review of the whole of the contents of the words of God directed against Egypt, in all of them is the destruction of the might of Pharaoh and Egypt as a world-power foretold. And this prophecy has been completely fulfilled. As Kliefoth has most truly observed, "one only needs to enter the pyramids of Egypt and its catacombs to see that the glory of the Pharaohs has gone down into Sheol. And it is equally certain that this destruction of the glory of ancient Egypt dates from the times of the Babylonio-Persian empire. Moreover, this destruction was so thorough, that even to the New Egypt of the Ptolemies the character of the Old Egypt was a perfect enigma, a thing forgotten and incomprehensible." But if Ezekiel repeatedly speaks of Nebuchadnezzar the king of Babylon as executing this judgment upon Egypt, we must bear in mind that here, as in the case of Tyre (see the comm. on Ezekiel 28:1-19), Ezekiel regards Nebuchadnezzar as the instrument of the righteous punishment of God in general, and discerns in what he accomplishes the sum of all that in the course of ages has been gradually fulfilling itself in history. At the same time, it is equally certain that this view of the prophet would have no foundation in truth unless Nebuchadnezzar really did conquer Egypt and lay it waste, and the might and glory of this ancient empire were so shattered thereby, that it never could recover its former greatness, but even after the turning of its captivity, i.e., after its recovery from the deadly wounds which the imperial monarchy of Babylonia and afterwards of Persia inflicted upon it, still remained a lowly kingdom, which could "no more rule over the nations" (Ezek 29:13-16). Volney, however, in his Recherch. nouv. sur l'hist. anc. (III pp. 151ff.), and Hitzig (Ezekiel p. 231), dispute the conquest and devastation of Egypt by Nebuchadnezzar, because the Greek historians, with Herodotus (ii. 161ff.) at their head, make no allusion whatever to an invasion of Egypt; and their statements are even opposed to such an occurrence. But the silence of Greek historians, especially of Herodotus, is a most "miserable" argument. The same historians do not say a word about the defeat of Necho by Nebuchadnezzar at Carchemish; and yet even Hitzig accepts this as an indisputable fact. Herodotus and his successors derived their accounts of Egypt from the communications of Egyptian priests, who suppressed everything that was humiliating to the pride of Egypt, and endeavoured to cover it up with their accounts of glorious deeds which the Pharaohs had performed. But Hitzig has by no means proved that the statements of the Greeks are at variance with the assumption of a Chaldean invasion of Egypt, whilst he has simply rejected but not refuted the attempts of Perizonius, Vitringa, Hvernick, and others, to reconcile the biblical narrative of the conquest of Egypt by Nebuchadnezzar with the accounts given by Herodotus, Diodorus Siculus, and other Greeks, concerning the mighty feats of Necho, and his being slain by Amasis. The remark that, in the description given by Herodotus, Amasis appears as an independent king by the side of Cambyses, only less powerful than the Persian monarch, proves nothing more, even assuming the correctness of the fact, than that Amasis had made Egypt once more independent of Babylonia on the sudden overthrow of the Chaldean monarchy.
The conquest of Egypt by Nebuchadnezzar, after the attitude which Pharaoh Necho assumed towards the Babylonian empire, and even attempted to maintain in the time of Zedekiah by sending an army to the relief of Jerusalem when besieged by the Chaldeans, is not only extremely probable in itself, but confirmed by testimony outside the Bible. Even if no great importance can be attached to the notice of Megasthenes, handed down by Strabo (xv. 1. 6) and Josephus (c. Ap. i. 20): "he says that he (Nebuchadnezzar) conquered the greater part of Libya and Iberia;" Josephus not only quotes from Berosus (l.c. i. 19) to the effect that "the Babylonian got possession of Egypt, Syria, Phoenicia, Arabia," but, on the ground of such statements, relates the complete fulfilment of the prophecies of Scripture, saying, in Antt. x. 9. 7, with reference to Nebuchadnezzar, "he fell upon Egypt to conquer it. And the reigning king he slew; and having appointed another in his place, made those Jews prisoners who had hitherto resided there, and led them into Babylon." And even if Josephus does not give his authority in this case, the assertion that he gathered this from the prophecies of Jeremiah is untrue; because, immediately before the words we have quoted, he says that what Jeremiah had prophesied (Jer 43:10 and Jer 44) had thus come to pass; making a distinction, therefore, between prophecy and history. And suspicion is not to be cast upon this testimony by such objections as that Josephus does not mention the name of the Egyptian king, or state precisely the time when Egypt was conquered, but merely affirms in general terms that it was after the war with the Ammonites and Moabites.
John Gill
32:17 It came to pass also the twelfth year,.... Another prophecy of the like kind was delivered out the same year as before:
in the fifteenth day of the month; of the twelfth month, the month Adar, which is not here expressed, because mentioned before, Ezek 32:1, it was about a fortnight after the other prophecy. The Septuagint and Arabic versions read it,
"it came to pass in the twelfth year, the first month, the fifteenth day of the month;''
according to which this prophecy was before the other, which is not to be supposed.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:17 The second lamentation for Pharaoh. This funeral dirge in imagination accompanies him to the unseen world. Egypt personified in its political head is ideally represented as undergoing the change by death to which man is liable. Expressing that Egypt's supremacy is no more, a thing of the past, never to be again.
the month--the twelfth month (Ezek 32:1); fourteen days after the former vision.
32:1832:18: Որդի մարդոյ ո՛ղբս առ ՚ի վերայ զօրութեանն Եգիպտոսի, եւ իջուսցեն զդստերս նորա ազգքն՝ զմեռեալս ՚ի խորս երկրի, առ իջեալսն ՚ի խորխորատս[12810]՝ [12810] Բազումք. Առ իջեալսն ՚ի խորխորատ։
18 «Մարդո՛ւ որդի, ողբա՛ Եգիպտոսի զօրութեան վրայ: Ազգերը նրա դուստրերին,երկրի խորքում մեռածներին
18 «Որդի՛ մարդոյ, Եգիպտոսի ժողովուրդին վրայ ողբա՛,Զանիկա ու երեւելի ազգերուն աղջիկները Գուբը իջնողներուն հետ գետնին տակերը իջեցո՛ւր։
Որդի մարդոյ, ողբս առ ի վերայ զօրութեանն Եգիպտոսի, եւ [703]իջուսցեն զդստերս նորա ազգքն` զմեռեալս ի խորս երկրի:

32:18: Որդի մարդոյ ո՛ղբս առ ՚ի վերայ զօրութեանն Եգիպտոսի, եւ իջուսցեն զդստերս նորա ազգքն՝ զմեռեալս ՚ի խորս երկրի, առ իջեալսն ՚ի խորխորատս[12810]՝
[12810] Բազումք. Առ իջեալսն ՚ի խորխորատ։
18 «Մարդո՛ւ որդի, ողբա՛ Եգիպտոսի զօրութեան վրայ: Ազգերը նրա դուստրերին,երկրի խորքում մեռածներին
18 «Որդի՛ մարդոյ, Եգիպտոսի ժողովուրդին վրայ ողբա՛,Զանիկա ու երեւելի ազգերուն աղջիկները Գուբը իջնողներուն հետ գետնին տակերը իջեցո՛ւր։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:1832:18 сын человеческий! оплачь народ Египетский, и низринь его, его и дочерей знаменитых народов в преисподнюю, с отходящими в могилу.
32:18 υἱὲ υιος son ἀνθρώπου ανθρωπος person; human θρήνησον θρηνεω lament ἐπὶ επι in; on τὴν ο the ἰσχὺν ισχυς force Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos καὶ και and; even καταβιβάσουσιν καταβιβαζω pull down αὐτῆς αυτος he; him τὰς ο the θυγατέρας θυγατηρ daughter τὰ ο the ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste νεκρὰς νεκρος dead εἰς εις into; for τὸ ο the βάθος βαθος depth τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land πρὸς προς to; toward τοὺς ο the καταβαίνοντας καταβαινω step down; descend εἰς εις into; for βόθρον βοθρος hole
32:18 בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son אָדָ֕ם ʔāḏˈām אָדָם human, mankind נְהֵ֛ה nᵊhˈē נהה lament עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הֲמֹ֥ון hᵃmˌôn הָמֹון commotion מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וְ wᵊ וְ and הֹורִדֵ֑הוּ hôriḏˈēhû ירד descend אֹ֠ותָהּ ʔôṯˌāh אֵת [object marker] וּ û וְ and בְנֹ֨ות vᵊnˌôṯ בַּת daughter גֹּויִ֧ם gôyˈim גֹּוי people אַדִּרִ֛ם ʔaddirˈim אַדִּיר mighty אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth תַּחְתִּיֹּ֖ות taḥtiyyˌôṯ תַּחְתִּי lower אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with יֹ֥ורְדֵי yˌôrᵊḏê ירד descend בֹֽור׃ vˈôr בֹּור cistern
32:18. fili hominis cane lugubre super multitudine Aegypti et detrahe eam ipsam et filias gentium robustarum ad terram ultimam cum his qui descendunt in lacumSon of man, sing a mournful song for the multitude of Egypt: and cast her down, both her, and the daughters of the mighty nations to the lowest part of the earth, with them that go down into the pit.
18. Son of man, wail for the multitude of Egypt, and cast them down, even her, and the daughters of the famous nations, unto the nether parts of the earth, with them that go down into the pit.
32:18. “Son of man, sing mournfully over the multitude of Egypt. And cast her down, both her and the daughters of the robust nations, to the lowest part of the earth, with those who descend into the pit.
32:18. Son of man, wail for the multitude of Egypt, and cast them down, [even] her, and the daughters of the famous nations, unto the nether parts of the earth, with them that go down into the pit.
Son of man, wail for the multitude of Egypt, and cast them down, [even] her, and the daughters of the famous nations, unto the nether parts of the earth, with them that go down into the pit:

32:18 сын человеческий! оплачь народ Египетский, и низринь его, его и дочерей знаменитых народов в преисподнюю, с отходящими в могилу.
32:18
υἱὲ υιος son
ἀνθρώπου ανθρωπος person; human
θρήνησον θρηνεω lament
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὴν ο the
ἰσχὺν ισχυς force
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
καὶ και and; even
καταβιβάσουσιν καταβιβαζω pull down
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
τὰς ο the
θυγατέρας θυγατηρ daughter
τὰ ο the
ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste
νεκρὰς νεκρος dead
εἰς εις into; for
τὸ ο the
βάθος βαθος depth
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
πρὸς προς to; toward
τοὺς ο the
καταβαίνοντας καταβαινω step down; descend
εἰς εις into; for
βόθρον βοθρος hole
32:18
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
אָדָ֕ם ʔāḏˈām אָדָם human, mankind
נְהֵ֛ה nᵊhˈē נהה lament
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הֲמֹ֥ון hᵃmˌôn הָמֹון commotion
מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֹורִדֵ֑הוּ hôriḏˈēhû ירד descend
אֹ֠ותָהּ ʔôṯˌāh אֵת [object marker]
וּ û וְ and
בְנֹ֨ות vᵊnˌôṯ בַּת daughter
גֹּויִ֧ם gôyˈim גֹּוי people
אַדִּרִ֛ם ʔaddirˈim אַדִּיר mighty
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
תַּחְתִּיֹּ֖ות taḥtiyyˌôṯ תַּחְתִּי lower
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with
יֹ֥ורְדֵי yˌôrᵊḏê ירד descend
בֹֽור׃ vˈôr בֹּור cistern
32:18. fili hominis cane lugubre super multitudine Aegypti et detrahe eam ipsam et filias gentium robustarum ad terram ultimam cum his qui descendunt in lacum
Son of man, sing a mournful song for the multitude of Egypt: and cast her down, both her, and the daughters of the mighty nations to the lowest part of the earth, with them that go down into the pit.
32:18. “Son of man, sing mournfully over the multitude of Egypt. And cast her down, both her and the daughters of the robust nations, to the lowest part of the earth, with those who descend into the pit.
32:18. Son of man, wail for the multitude of Egypt, and cast them down, [even] her, and the daughters of the famous nations, unto the nether parts of the earth, with them that go down into the pit.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
18. “Народ” - слав. “множество”, см объяснение XXXI:2. О фараоне уже не говорится. - “Низринь его… в преисподнюю” своим пророческим словом, которому Св. писанием придается реальная сила, как слову Божию, так как оно вместе есть и самое дело: Ам IX:9; Иер I:10: и др. - “и дочерей знаменитых народов”, т. е. эти народы - которые исчислены в ст. 22, 24: и сл. - “В преисподнюю”, “в могилу” - XXVI:20.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:18: Cast them down - Show them that they shall be cast down. Proclaim to them a casting down prophecy.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:18: wail: Eze 32:2, Eze 32:16, Eze 21:6, Eze 21:7; Isa 16:9; Mic 1:8; Luk 19:41; Rom 12:15
cast: That is, predict that they shall be cast down. Eze 43:3; Jer 1:10; Hos 6:5
the daughters: The cities and colonies of the celebrated nations afterwards enumerated.
unto the: Eze 32:21, Eze 32:24-32, Eze 26:20, Eze 31:14; Psa 30:9, Psa 63:9; Isa 14:15
Geneva 1599
32:18 Son of man, wail for the multitude of Egypt, and (k) cast them down, [even] her, and the daughters of the famous nations, to the lower parts of the earth, with them that go down into the pit.
(k) That is, prophecy that they will be cast down: thus the Lord gives his prophets power both to plant and to destroy by his word, read (Jer 1:10).
John Gill
32:18 Son of man, wail for the multitude of Egypt,.... Sing a funeral song or dirge, or compose one, to be sung by the mourning women, on account of the vast numbers of the inhabitants of Egypt that shall be slain; for the prophet himself would not mourn, but rejoice, on this occasion; but this is said to show the certainty of the destruction, and the lamentation that would be made on that account:
and cast them down, even her and the daughters of the famous nations; Egypt, and all those countries, and the inhabitants of them, that were in alliance and friendship with her; that is, declare by prophecy that they shall be cast down and destroyed, or be brought down from the height of grandeur and prosperity in which they now were:
unto the nether parts of the earth, with them that go down to the pit; not unto stately sepulchres built on high, such as were made for the kings of Egypt; but unto common pits or graves, dug in the lower parts of the earth, where the meaner and common sort of people were buried; there should be no distinction between them and others, they should have one common burial. The Targum is,
"son of man, prophesy concerning the multitude of Egypt, and break her, even her, and the villages of the mighty people; prophesy that they shall be delivered unto the lowest earth, with those that go down to the pit of the house of perdition.''
John Wesley
32:18 Wail - Prepare the funeral ceremonies at the burial of Egypt. The daughters - And celebrate the funerals of other cities and kingdoms that lie buried in their own ruins. The nether parts of the earth - A well known description of the state of the dead. The pit - The Egyptians affected to be buried in the Pyramids, and their kings, and great ones, would be laid by themselves; but Ezekiel provides them their grave among common people, being buried just where they fall.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:18 cast them down--that is predict that they shall be cast down (so Jer 1:10). The prophet's word was God's, and carried with it its own fulfilment.
daughters of . . . nations--that is the nations with their peoples. Egypt is to share the fate of other ancient nations once famous, now consigned to oblivion: Elam (Ezek 32:24), Meshech, &c. (Ezek 32:26), Edom (Ezek 32:29), Zidon (Ezek 32:30).
32:1932:19: ՚ի ջուրց վայելչութեան. է՛ջ ննջեա՛ ընդ անթլփատս
19 վայելչութեան ջրերից իջեցնելու են խորխորատ իջածների մօտ:
19 ‘Դուն որմէ՞ գեղեցիկ ես. Իջի՛ր ու անթլփատներուն հետ պառկէ՛’։
Առ իջեալսն ի խորխորատ` ի ջուրց վայելչութեան, էջ ննջեա ընդ անթլփատս ի մէջ վիրաւորաց:

32:19: ՚ի ջուրց վայելչութեան. է՛ջ ննջեա՛ ընդ անթլփատս
19 վայելչութեան ջրերից իջեցնելու են խորխորատ իջածների մօտ:
19 ‘Դուն որմէ՞ գեղեցիկ ես. Իջի՛ր ու անթլփատներուն հետ պառկէ՛’։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:1932:19 Кого ты превосходишь? сойди, и лежи с необрезанными.
32:20 ἐν εν in μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle τραυματιῶν τραυματιας short sword πεσοῦνται πιπτω fall μετ᾿ μετα with; amid αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even κοιμηθήσεται κοιμαω doze; fall asleep πᾶσα πας all; every ἡ ο the ἰσχὺς ισχυς force αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
32:19 מִ mi מִן from מִּ֖י mmˌî מִי who נָעָ֑מְתָּ nāʕˈāmᵊttā נעם be pleasant רְדָ֥ה rᵊḏˌā ירד descend וְ wᵊ וְ and הָשְׁכְּבָ֖ה hoškᵊvˌā שׁכב lie down אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with עֲרֵלִֽים׃ ʕᵃrēlˈîm עָרֵל uncircumcised
32:19. quo pulchrior es descende et dormi cum incircumcisisWhom dost thou excel in beauty? go down and sleep with the uncircumcised.
19. Whom dost thou pass in beauty? go down, and be thou laid with the uncircumcised.
32:19. Whom do you exceed in beauty? Descend and sleep with the uncircumcised!
32:19. Whom dost thou pass in beauty? go down, and be thou laid with the uncircumcised.
Whom dost thou pass in beauty? go down, and be thou laid with the uncircumcised:

32:19 Кого ты превосходишь? сойди, и лежи с необрезанными.
32:20
ἐν εν in
μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τραυματιῶν τραυματιας short sword
πεσοῦνται πιπτω fall
μετ᾿ μετα with; amid
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
κοιμηθήσεται κοιμαω doze; fall asleep
πᾶσα πας all; every
ο the
ἰσχὺς ισχυς force
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
32:19
מִ mi מִן from
מִּ֖י mmˌî מִי who
נָעָ֑מְתָּ nāʕˈāmᵊttā נעם be pleasant
רְדָ֥ה rᵊḏˌā ירד descend
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָשְׁכְּבָ֖ה hoškᵊvˌā שׁכב lie down
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with
עֲרֵלִֽים׃ ʕᵃrēlˈîm עָרֵל uncircumcised
32:19. quo pulchrior es descende et dormi cum incircumcisis
Whom dost thou excel in beauty? go down and sleep with the uncircumcised.
32:19. Whom do you exceed in beauty? Descend and sleep with the uncircumcised!
32:19. Whom dost thou pass in beauty? go down, and be thou laid with the uncircumcised.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
19. “Кого ты превосходишь?” - при смерти, в царстве при своем падении. Египет и фараон подверглись одной участи со всеми людьми и самыми малыми царствами. У LXX это выражение перенесено в 21: ст.: “кого лучши еси”, а здесь: “от вод благолепно (благолепный?) снди”, с Нила в ад - сухую землю. - “Сойди” не прибавлено куда; фигура умолчания. - “Лежи”, слав. “поспи” - поэтическое обозначение смерти. - “С необрезанными”, см. объяснение XXVIII:10; XXXI:18.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:19: Whom dost thou pass in beauty? - How little does it signify, whether a mummy be well embalmed, wrapped round with rich stuff, and beautifully painted on the outside, or not. Go down into the tombs, examine the niches, and see whether one dead carcass be preferable to another.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:19: whom dost thou pass in beauty? - Thou art not more beautiful than other nations: thou shalt not escape their fate.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:19: dost: Eze 27:3, Eze 27:4, Eze 28:12-17, Eze 31:2, Eze 31:18
go: Isa 14:9-15
with: Eze 32:21, Eze 32:24, Eze 32:29, Eze 32:30, Eze 28:10; Sa1 17:26, Sa1 17:36; Jer 9:25, Jer 9:26
Geneva 1599
32:19 Whom dost thou pass (l) in beauty? go down, and be thou laid with the uncircumcised.
(l) Have not other kingdoms more beautiful than you perished?
John Gill
32:19 Whom dost thou pass in beauty?.... This question the prophet is bid to put to Egypt; what nation is there, or has been, that thou excellest in wisdom, in riches, or in strength, in the multitude of subjects, or extent of dominions, that thou thinkest thyself secure from destruction? look over other kingdoms and states mightier than thou, or at least equal to thee, and see how they are brought to ruin, and expect that this will quickly be thy case:
go down, and be thou laid with the uncircumcised; go down to the grave, and take thy place, and lie there among the wicked and most profligate of mankind, and such as might be most despised by the Egyptians, since they used circumcision. The Targum is,
"go down and sleep with sinners.''
John Wesley
32:19 Whom - Art thou better than others that thou shouldest not die, and be laid in the dust, as well as they. Go - Go down like others. With the uncircumcised - Among profane and loathed carcasses, such the uncircumcised were in the opinion of the circumcised, as were the Egyptians.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:19 Whom dost thou pass in beauty?--Beautiful as thou art, thou art not more so than other nations, which nevertheless have perished.
go down, &c.--to the nether world, where all "beauty" is speedily marred.
32:2032:20: ՚ի մէջ վիրաւորաց. սրո՛վ անկցին ընդ նմա, եւ դադարեսցէ ամենայն զօրութիւն նորա։
20 Իջի՛ր, ննջի՛ր անթլփատների հետ, սպանուածների մէջ: Սրով ընկնելու են նրա հետ,եւ վերջ է գտնելու նրա ամբողջ զօրութիւնը:
20 Անոնք սուրով սպաննուածներուն մէջ պիտի իյնան։Անիկա սուրի տրուեցաւ։Զանիկա ու անոր բոլոր ժողովուրդը քաշկռտեցէ՛ք։
սրով անկցին ընդ նմա, եւ դադարեսցէ ամենայն զօրութիւն նորա:

32:20: ՚ի մէջ վիրաւորաց. սրո՛վ անկցին ընդ նմա, եւ դադարեսցէ ամենայն զօրութիւն նորա։
20 Իջի՛ր, ննջի՛ր անթլփատների հետ, սպանուածների մէջ: Սրով ընկնելու են նրա հետ,եւ վերջ է գտնելու նրա ամբողջ զօրութիւնը:
20 Անոնք սուրով սպաննուածներուն մէջ պիտի իյնան։Անիկա սուրի տրուեցաւ։Զանիկա ու անոր բոլոր ժողովուրդը քաշկռտեցէ՛ք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:2032:20 Те падут среди убитых мечом, и он отдан мечу; влеките его и все множество его.
32:21 καὶ και and; even ἐροῦσίν ερεω.1 state; mentioned σοι σοι you οἱ ο the γίγαντες γιγας in βάθει βαθυς deep βόθρου βοθρος happen; become τίνος τις.1 who?; what? κρείττων κρεισσων superior εἶ ειμι be κατάβηθι καταβαινω step down; descend καὶ και and; even κοιμήθητι κοιμαω doze; fall asleep μετὰ μετα with; amid ἀπεριτμήτων απεριτμητος uncircumcised ἐν εν in μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle τραυματιῶν τραυματιας short sword
32:20 בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תֹ֥וךְ ṯˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst חַלְלֵי־ ḥallê- חָלָל pierced חֶ֖רֶב ḥˌerev חֶרֶב dagger יִפֹּ֑לוּ yippˈōlû נפל fall חֶ֣רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger נִתָּ֔נָה nittˈānā נתן give מָשְׁכ֥וּ māšᵊḵˌû משׁך draw אֹותָ֖הּ ʔôṯˌāh אֵת [object marker] וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הֲמֹונֶֽיהָ׃ hᵃmônˈeʸhā הָמֹון commotion
32:20. in medio interfectorum gladio cadent gladius datus est adtraxerunt eam et omnes populos eiusThey shall fall in the midst of them that are slain with the sword: the sword is given, they have drawn her down, and all her people.
20. They shall fall in the midst of them that are slain by the sword: she is delivered to the sword: draw her away and all her multitudes.
32:20. They will fall by the sword in the midst of the slain. The sword has been given. They have dragged her down, with all her people.
32:20. They shall fall in the midst of [them that are] slain by the sword: she is delivered to the sword: draw her and all her multitudes.
They shall fall in the midst of [them that are] slain by the sword: she is delivered to the sword: draw her and all her multitudes:

32:20 Те падут среди убитых мечом, и он отдан мечу; влеките его и все множество его.
32:21
καὶ και and; even
ἐροῦσίν ερεω.1 state; mentioned
σοι σοι you
οἱ ο the
γίγαντες γιγας in
βάθει βαθυς deep
βόθρου βοθρος happen; become
τίνος τις.1 who?; what?
κρείττων κρεισσων superior
εἶ ειμι be
κατάβηθι καταβαινω step down; descend
καὶ και and; even
κοιμήθητι κοιμαω doze; fall asleep
μετὰ μετα with; amid
ἀπεριτμήτων απεριτμητος uncircumcised
ἐν εν in
μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τραυματιῶν τραυματιας short sword
32:20
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תֹ֥וךְ ṯˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst
חַלְלֵי־ ḥallê- חָלָל pierced
חֶ֖רֶב ḥˌerev חֶרֶב dagger
יִפֹּ֑לוּ yippˈōlû נפל fall
חֶ֣רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger
נִתָּ֔נָה nittˈānā נתן give
מָשְׁכ֥וּ māšᵊḵˌû משׁך draw
אֹותָ֖הּ ʔôṯˌāh אֵת [object marker]
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הֲמֹונֶֽיהָ׃ hᵃmônˈeʸhā הָמֹון commotion
32:20. in medio interfectorum gladio cadent gladius datus est adtraxerunt eam et omnes populos eius
They shall fall in the midst of them that are slain with the sword: the sword is given, they have drawn her down, and all her people.
32:20. They will fall by the sword in the midst of the slain. The sword has been given. They have dragged her down, with all her people.
32:20. They shall fall in the midst of [them that are] slain by the sword: she is delivered to the sword: draw her and all her multitudes.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
20. “Те” - царства, пред которыми гордился Египет. - “Убитых мечом” - потому лишенных погребения, “не обрезанных” по смерти, см. объяснение XXVIII:10. - “Влеките его” на смерть и гибель. LXX вместо мошху читали то ст. 21: шохву, “успе”. “Его” - фараона, Египет. “Множество” евр. гамон см. объяснение ХХХI:2.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:20: She is delivered to the sword - Rather, the sword is put forth. Draw her down as one dragged to execution.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:20: fall: Eze 32:23-26, Eze 32:29, Eze 32:30, Eze 29:8-12
she is delivered to the sword: or, the sword is laid
draw: Psa 28:3; Pro 24:11; Jer 22:19
Geneva 1599
32:20 They shall fall in the midst of [them that are] slain by the sword: (m) she is delivered to the sword: draw her and all her multitudes.
(m) That is, Egypt.
John Gill
32:20 They shall fall in the midst of them that are slain by the sword,.... The Egyptians shall fall in battle by the sword of the Chaldeans:
she is delivered to the sword; Egypt is given to the sword, to perish by it, for her sins, according to the just appointment of God:
draw her and all her multitudes; to the place of burial; not in pomp and splendour, as great persons are drawn in hearses; but in great disgrace, as carcasses are dragged unto a common pit or grave, and cast into it: this is said to the Chaldeans, who had a commission from the Lord to slay Egypt, and to bury her, and all her people.
John Wesley
32:20 They - The Egyptians. She - The whole Egyptian kingdom. Draw - And throw them together into the pit.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:20 she is delivered to the sword--namely, by God.
draw her--as if addressing her executioners: drag her forth to death.
32:2132:21: Եւ ասասցեն ցքեզ սկայքն. Ե՛կ է՛ջ ՚ի խորս խորինս, զի քան զո՞վ լաւ էիր դու. էջ եւ դադարեա՛ ընդ անթլփատս ՚ի մէջ վիրաւորաց սրոյ[12811]։ [12811] Ոմանք. Ասասցեն քեզ. կամ՝ ընդ քեզ սկայքն. Ե՛կ էջ ՚ի խորխորինս. զի քան զո՞ լաւ։
21 Եւ հսկաներն ասելու են քեզ.“ Ե՛կ, իջի՛ր անդունդների խորքերը.ումի՞ց էիր դու լաւ: Իջի՛ր եւ հանգրուանի՛ր անթլփատների հետ,սրից սպանուածների մէջ”:
21 Գերեզմանին մէջ զօրաւոր կտրիճները Անոր օգնութիւն ընողներուն հետ անոր պիտի խօսին։Անոնց սուրով սպաննուած անթլփատները հոն իջած կը պառկին։
Եւ ասասցեն ցքեզ սկայքն. Եկ էջ ի խորս խորինս, զի քան զո՞վ լաւ էիր դու. էջ եւ դադարեա ընդ անթլփատս ի մէջ վիրաւորաց`` սրոյ:

32:21: Եւ ասասցեն ցքեզ սկայքն. Ե՛կ է՛ջ ՚ի խորս խորինս, զի քան զո՞վ լաւ էիր դու. էջ եւ դադարեա՛ ընդ անթլփատս ՚ի մէջ վիրաւորաց սրոյ[12811]։
[12811] Ոմանք. Ասասցեն քեզ. կամ՝ ընդ քեզ սկայքն. Ե՛կ էջ ՚ի խորխորինս. զի քան զո՞ լաւ։
21 Եւ հսկաներն ասելու են քեզ.“ Ե՛կ, իջի՛ր անդունդների խորքերը.ումի՞ց էիր դու լաւ: Իջի՛ր եւ հանգրուանի՛ր անթլփատների հետ,սրից սպանուածների մէջ”:
21 Գերեզմանին մէջ զօրաւոր կտրիճները Անոր օգնութիւն ընողներուն հետ անոր պիտի խօսին։Անոնց սուրով սպաննուած անթլփատները հոն իջած կը պառկին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:2132:21 Среди преисподней будут говорить о нем и о союзниках его первые из героев; они пали и лежат там между необрезанными, сраженные мечом.
32:22 ἐκεῖ εκει there Ασσουρ ασσουρ and; even πᾶσα πας all; every ἡ ο the συναγωγὴ συναγωγη gathering αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him πάντες πας all; every τραυματίαι τραυματιας there ἐδόθησαν διδωμι give; deposit καὶ και and; even ἡ ο the ταφὴ ταφη graveyard; burial αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐν εν in βάθει βαθυς deep βόθρου βοθρος and; even ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become ἡ ο the συναγωγὴ συναγωγη gathering αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him περικύκλῳ περικυκλω the μνήματος μνημα tomb αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him πάντες πας all; every οἱ ο the τραυματίαι τραυματιας the πεπτωκότες πιπτω fall μαχαίρᾳ μαχαιρα short sword
32:21 יְדַבְּרוּ־ yᵊḏabbᵊrû- דבר speak לֹ֞ו lˈô לְ to אֵלֵ֧י ʔēlˈê אַיִל ram, despot גִבֹּורִ֛ים ḡibbôrˈîm גִּבֹּור vigorous מִ mi מִן from תֹּ֥וךְ ttˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst שְׁאֹ֖ול šᵊʔˌôl שְׁאֹול nether world אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with עֹֽזְרָ֑יו ʕˈōzᵊrˈāʸw עזר help יָֽרְד֛וּ yˈārᵊḏˈû ירד descend שָׁכְב֥וּ šāḵᵊvˌû שׁכב lie down הָ hā הַ the עֲרֵלִ֖ים ʕᵃrēlˌîm עָרֵל uncircumcised חַלְלֵי־ ḥallê- חָלָל pierced חָֽרֶב׃ ḥˈārev חֶרֶב dagger
32:21. loquentur ei potentissimi robustorum de medio inferni qui cum auxiliatoribus eius descenderunt et dormierunt incircumcisi interfecti gladioThe most mighty among the strong ones shall speak to him from the midst of hell, they that went down with his helpers and slept uncircumcised, slain by the sword.
21. The strong among the mighty shall speak to him out of the midst of hell with them that help him: they are gone down, they lie still, even the uncircumcised, slain by the sword.
32:21. The most powerful among the strong will speak to him from the midst of hell, those who descended with his helpers and who went to sleep uncircumcised, slain by the sword.
32:21. The strong among the mighty shall speak to him out of the midst of hell with them that help him: they are gone down, they lie uncircumcised, slain by the sword.
The strong among the mighty shall speak to him out of the midst of hell with them that help him: they are gone down, they lie uncircumcised, slain by the sword:

32:21 Среди преисподней будут говорить о нем и о союзниках его первые из героев; они пали и лежат там между необрезанными, сраженные мечом.
32:22
ἐκεῖ εκει there
Ασσουρ ασσουρ and; even
πᾶσα πας all; every
ο the
συναγωγὴ συναγωγη gathering
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
πάντες πας all; every
τραυματίαι τραυματιας there
ἐδόθησαν διδωμι give; deposit
καὶ και and; even
ο the
ταφὴ ταφη graveyard; burial
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
βάθει βαθυς deep
βόθρου βοθρος and; even
ἐγενήθη γινομαι happen; become
ο the
συναγωγὴ συναγωγη gathering
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
περικύκλῳ περικυκλω the
μνήματος μνημα tomb
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
πάντες πας all; every
οἱ ο the
τραυματίαι τραυματιας the
πεπτωκότες πιπτω fall
μαχαίρᾳ μαχαιρα short sword
32:21
יְדַבְּרוּ־ yᵊḏabbᵊrû- דבר speak
לֹ֞ו lˈô לְ to
אֵלֵ֧י ʔēlˈê אַיִל ram, despot
גִבֹּורִ֛ים ḡibbôrˈîm גִּבֹּור vigorous
מִ mi מִן from
תֹּ֥וךְ ttˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst
שְׁאֹ֖ול šᵊʔˌôl שְׁאֹול nether world
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with
עֹֽזְרָ֑יו ʕˈōzᵊrˈāʸw עזר help
יָֽרְד֛וּ yˈārᵊḏˈû ירד descend
שָׁכְב֥וּ šāḵᵊvˌû שׁכב lie down
הָ הַ the
עֲרֵלִ֖ים ʕᵃrēlˌîm עָרֵל uncircumcised
חַלְלֵי־ ḥallê- חָלָל pierced
חָֽרֶב׃ ḥˈārev חֶרֶב dagger
32:21. loquentur ei potentissimi robustorum de medio inferni qui cum auxiliatoribus eius descenderunt et dormierunt incircumcisi interfecti gladio
The most mighty among the strong ones shall speak to him from the midst of hell, they that went down with his helpers and slept uncircumcised, slain by the sword.
32:21. The most powerful among the strong will speak to him from the midst of hell, those who descended with his helpers and who went to sleep uncircumcised, slain by the sword.
32:21. The strong among the mighty shall speak to him out of the midst of hell with them that help him: they are gone down, they lie uncircumcised, slain by the sword.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
21. “Среди преисподней”, евр. шеол, LXX сильнее: “в глубине пропасти”; и эти слова они вносят в речь “героев” к фараону: “во глубине пропасти (на дне ада) буди”. - “О союзниках его”, в евр. тоже слово, которое в XXX:8: переведено: “подпоры” - см. там. LXX не имеют. - “Первые”, евр. елей мн. ч. от ел того же, что в ХХXI:1; см. объясн. там. “Из героев”, евр. гибборим, греч. giganteV, слав. “исполин”, еще в Быт VI:4; Чис XIII:33. Эти исполины, обитатели тоже ада, шеола, смеются над фараоном, что он пал, как необрезанный, сраженный мечом и, следовательно, лишенный погребения (ср. объяснение XXVIII:10), между тем как они, по ст. 27, могут гордиться почетным воинским погребением - с оружием, с мечами под головой, след., они занимают в шеоле как бы лучшее, высшее отделение, недоступное для необрезанных, убитых и непогребенных, и в том числе для фараона и его войска. Хотя эти исполины с нравственной стороны в ст. 27: характеризуются не совсем лестно, чертами, напоминающими исполинов Бытия, с которыми, равно как с упоминаемыми неоднократно в Св. Писании аборигенами Палестины они должны быть тождественны, но они как будто лучшие обитатели шеола, ниже которых стоят вместе с фараоном все позднейшие сошедшие в ад народы, которых в ст. 22-30: насчитывается 7: (Ассур, Елам и т. д.), - лучше, может быть, своею древнею простотою, мужеством непосредственностью, неиспорченностью. Место, как и весь этот отдел главы, важно по тем подробностям, какие оно сообщает о подразделении шеола в ветхозаветном представлении о нем. - “Они пали и лежат”. LXX сильнее: “сниди и лязи”. - “Между необрезанными, сраженные мечом”, см. объяснение XXVIII:10.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:21: Out of the midst of hell - שאול sheol, the catacombs, the place of burial. There is something here similar to Isa 14:9, where the descent of the king of Babylon to the state of the dead is described.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:21: The uncircumcised - throughout this dirge is equivalent to pagan viewed as impure (Eze 31:18 note).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:21: strong: Pharaoh is here represented as descending into the regions of the dead, whither many mighty warriors and potentates had gone before him, who welcome him to their dreary mansion. Eze 32:27; Isa 1:31, Isa 14:9, Isa 14:10; Luk 16:23, Luk 16:24
gone: Eze 32:19, Eze 32:24, Eze 32:25; Num 16:30-34; Psa 9:17, Psa 55:15; Pro 14:32
Geneva 1599
32:21 The strong among the mighty shall speak to (n) him out of the midst of the grave with them that help him: they are gone down, they lie uncircumcised, slain by the sword.
(n) To make the matter more sensible, he brings in Pharaoh whom the dead will meet and marvel at him, read (Is 14:9).
John Gill
32:21 The strong among the mighty shall speak to him,.... The strongest of them, such who have excelled others in strength and courage, famous for military exploits, who have been generals of armies, great warriors, and conquerors; and yet with all their might and strength could not withstand death, but were subdued by it, and brought down to the grave; these are, by a poetical figure, represented as meeting Pharaoh king of Egypt, when he came to his grave, saluting and welcoming him to the state of the dead in which they were; taking a sort of comfort in it, and insulting him as being as weak as they; see Is 14:9, which they should do
out of the midst of hell, or the grave, "Hades", the state of the dead:
with them that help him; the associates, allies, and friends of Pharaoh, his auxiliaries that fell with him, and were brought to the grave at the same time with him; these should be greeted, saluted, and welcomed in like manner:
they are gone down; to the grave; those mighty ones that are represented as speaking, and the Egyptians and their helpers who are spoken to:
they lie uncircumcised; among them that are so, Ezek 32:19,
slain by the sword; of their enemies, who got the victory over them.
John Wesley
32:21 Him - The king of Egypt. The grave - Where they lie without strength, as dead mortals, tho' while they lived, they bore themselves, as gods. That help - His helpers, dead before him, shall speak to him. Gone down - To the grave. They lie - Neglected, and forgotten.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:21 (Ezek 31:16). Ezekiel has before his eyes Is 14:9, &c.
shall speak to him--with "him" join "with them that help him"; shall speak to him and his helpers with a taunting welcome, as now one of themselves.
32:2232:22: Ա՛նդ Ասուր եւ ամենայն ժողովուրդք նորա՝ ամենեքին վիրաւորք. ա՛նդ[12812] [12812] Բազումք. Եւ ամենայն ժողովք նորա ամենայն վիրաւորք։
22 Այնտեղ են Ասուրը եւ նրա ողջ ամբոխը,բոլորն էլ սպանուածներ:
22 Ասուր ու իր բոլոր ժողովուրդը հոն են։Անոնց գերեզմանները իր բոլորտիքն են, Ամէնքը սպաննուած՝ սուրով ինկած են։
Անդ Ասուր եւ ամենայն ժողովք նորա, [704]ամենեքին վիրաւորք:

32:22: Ա՛նդ Ասուր եւ ամենայն ժողովուրդք նորա՝ ամենեքին վիրաւորք. ա՛նդ[12812]
[12812] Բազումք. Եւ ամենայն ժողովք նորա ամենայն վիրաւորք։
22 Այնտեղ են Ասուրը եւ նրա ողջ ամբոխը,բոլորն էլ սպանուածներ:
22 Ասուր ու իր բոլոր ժողովուրդը հոն են։Անոնց գերեզմանները իր բոլորտիքն են, Ամէնքը սպաննուած՝ սուրով ինկած են։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:2232:22 Там Ассур и все полчище его, вокруг него гробы их, все пораженные, павшие от меча.
32:23 οἱ ο the δόντες διδωμι give; deposit τὸν ο the φόβον φοβος fear; awe αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐπὶ επι in; on γῆς γη earth; land ζωῆς ζωη life; vitality
32:22 שָׁ֤ם šˈām שָׁם there אַשּׁוּר֙ ʔaššûr אַשּׁוּר Asshur וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole קְהָלָ֔הּ qᵊhālˈāh קָהָל assembly סְבִֽיבֹותָ֖יו sᵊvˈîvôṯˌāʸw סָבִיב surrounding קִבְרֹתָ֑יו qivrōṯˈāʸw קֶבֶר grave כֻּלָּ֣ם kullˈām כֹּל whole חֲלָלִ֔ים ḥᵃlālˈîm חָלָל pierced הַ ha הַ the נֹּפְלִ֖ים nnōfᵊlˌîm נפל fall בֶּ be בְּ in † הַ the חָֽרֶב׃ ḥˈārev חֶרֶב dagger
32:22. ibi Assur et omnis multitudo eius in circuitu illius sepulchra eius omnes interfecti et qui ceciderunt gladioAssur is there, and all his multitude: their graves are round about him, all of them slain, and that fell by the sword.
22. Asshur is there and all her company; his graves are round about him: all of them slain, fallen by the sword:
32:22. Assur is in that place, with all his multitude. Their graves are all around him: all of the slain and those who fell by the sword.
32:22. Asshur [is] there and all her company: his graves [are] about him: all of them slain, fallen by the sword:
Asshur [is] there and all her company: his graves [are] about him: all of them slain, fallen by the sword:

32:22 Там Ассур и все полчище его, вокруг него гробы их, все пораженные, павшие от меча.
32:23
οἱ ο the
δόντες διδωμι give; deposit
τὸν ο the
φόβον φοβος fear; awe
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐπὶ επι in; on
γῆς γη earth; land
ζωῆς ζωη life; vitality
32:22
שָׁ֤ם šˈām שָׁם there
אַשּׁוּר֙ ʔaššûr אַשּׁוּר Asshur
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
קְהָלָ֔הּ qᵊhālˈāh קָהָל assembly
סְבִֽיבֹותָ֖יו sᵊvˈîvôṯˌāʸw סָבִיב surrounding
קִבְרֹתָ֑יו qivrōṯˈāʸw קֶבֶר grave
כֻּלָּ֣ם kullˈām כֹּל whole
חֲלָלִ֔ים ḥᵃlālˈîm חָלָל pierced
הַ ha הַ the
נֹּפְלִ֖ים nnōfᵊlˌîm נפל fall
בֶּ be בְּ in
הַ the
חָֽרֶב׃ ḥˈārev חֶרֶב dagger
32:22. ibi Assur et omnis multitudo eius in circuitu illius sepulchra eius omnes interfecti et qui ceciderunt gladio
Assur is there, and all his multitude: their graves are round about him, all of them slain, and that fell by the sword.
32:22. Assur is in that place, with all his multitude. Their graves are all around him: all of the slain and those who fell by the sword.
32:22. Asshur [is] there and all her company: his graves [are] about him: all of them slain, fallen by the sword:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
22-23. Начинается исчисление народов, находящихся уже в преисподней, конечно неполное; выбраны недавно сошедшие или только сходящие со всемирной сцены; взято священное число 7. Порядок исчисления не следует ни времени гибели, ни степени значения, а скорее географический; сначала северные: Ассур, Елам, Мешех и Фувал (мидяне); затем южные (Енот), наконец западные и крайний север (ст. 30). - “Ассур” погиб в 608-607: г. до Р. Х. со взятием Ниневии Набополассаром вавилонским и Киаксаром мидийским (Соф II:13; Наум II:3), назвав первым, может быть, как самый значительный враг Израиля. - “Полчища его” евр. кагал, тогда как о других народах (Еламе и т. д.) гамон множество, может быть в знак особой многочисленности подчиненных Ассуру народов. - Гроб, могилу мы представляем себе как место на земле; для еврея представления о могиле и шеоле; (аде, подземном мире) часто почти совпадают (ср. напр. Ис XIV:11). Шеол, как показывает настоящее место, - большая могила, в которой соединено множество могил; представляется дело так, что в аде все гробы мира соединены. Но хотя шеол мыслится приблизительно, как большое кладбище, души и вне своих могил имеют обращение. Представление, приятно поражающее своею непосредственностью, конкретностью, живою связью с действительностью, отсутствием какого-либо умствования о том, о чем бесполезны умствования (о загробной жизни, которую никакие усилия земного ума представить не могут, потому что она происходит не в условиях земного существования). - Гроб царя или господствующего народа окружен (“вокруг него”) гробами его воинов и подданных. Замечательно, что по взгляду пророка и в загробном мире каждый народ живет вместе сам по себе, толпясь множеством своих гробов около одного гроба своего царя или вождя. - “В самой глубине преисподней” - или по древности этого народа, по давности сошествия в ад, или потому что глубина падения соответствует высоте, с которой падают. - “Те, которые распространяли ужас на землю живых”. Это указывает не столько в качестве причины загробного осуждения (ср. ст. 32.; XXVI:17), сколько для усиления мысли о жалкой бедственности теперешнего положения Ассура - на дне ада. - Ст. 23: заключает в себе много повторений (дуплетов) из ст. 22, почему с правом большинство кодексов LXX читают в нем только последнее предложение, а выражение “в глубине преисподней” переносят в середину 22: ст. и ставят пред словами: “вокруг него гробы их”.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:22: Asshur is there - The mightiest conquerors of the earth have gone down to the grave before thee; there they and their soldiers lie together, all slain by the sword.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:22: In jer 25 there is an enumeration of nations destined to be subject to the fury of the Chaldaeans. Here we find those of them who had already fallen not named by Jeremiah. Asshur is the king of Assyria, representing as usual the whole nation. The king is surrounded by the graves of his people.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:22: Eze 32:24, Eze 32:26, Eze 32:29, Eze 32:30, Eze 31:3-18; Num 24:24; Psa 83:8-10
Asshur: Isa 30:33, Isa 37:36-38; Nah 1:7-12, Nah 3:1-19
John Gill
32:22 Ashur is there, and all her company,.... In the state of the dead, or in a most desolate and ruinous condition; the great Assyrian monarchy, the kings of it, the princes, nobles, generals, soldiers, and the vast number of subjects in all the dominions of it; all his army, as the Targum; this, with what follows, shows who the mighty are, that should meet and address the king of Egypt at his funeral:
his graves are about him; either the graves of Pharaoh and his multitude are round about the graves of the Assyrian monarch and his subjects, as Kimchi; or rather the graves of his subjects and soldiers are round about him: it seems to represent the king of Assyria as having a more stately monument, and the graves of his people as lesser ones round about him, but all in the same condition:
all of them slain, fallen by the sword of their enemies, the Medes and the Babylonians, by whom the Assyrian monarchy was destroyed.
John Wesley
32:22 Ashur - The famous, warlike, king of Assyria. Is there - In the state of the dead, in the land of darkness and oblivion. Her company - Princes, soldiers, subjects, and confederates. Are about him - They are about him, who were slain with him.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:22 her . . . his--The abrupt change of gender is, because Ezekiel has in view at one time the kingdom (feminine), at another the monarch. "Asshur," or Assyria, is placed first in punishment, as being first in guilt.
32:2332:23: տուաւ գերեզման նոցա ՚ի խորս խորխորատին, եւ եղեն ժողովուրդք նոցա շուրջ զշիրմօք նորա. ամենայն վիրաւորք անկան սրով. որ արարին զգերեզմանս իւրեանց ՚ի յատակս գբոց, եւ եղեն ժողովք շուրջ զգերեզմանօք նորա. ամենեքին վիրաւորք անկեալք ՚ի սրոյ, որ ետուն զահ իւրեանց ՚ի վերայ երկրին կենդանութեան[12813]։ [12813] Բազումք. Եւ եղեւ ժողովք նոցա շուրջ... իւրեանց յատակս գբ՛՛։
23 Այնտեղ՝ խորխորատի խորքերում է նրանց գերեզման տրուել,ու բոլորը հաւաքուել են նրա շիրիմների շուրջը: Սրից էին ընկել բոլոր սպանուածներն էլ,որոնք անդունդների խորքերը դարձրին իրենց գերեզման: Բոլորը հաւաքուել են նրա շիրիմների շուրջը: Սրից էին ընկել բոլոր սպանուածներն էլ,որոնք իրենց սարսափն էին տարածել ողջերի աշխարհի վրայ:
23 Անոնց գերեզմանները գուբին խորունկ տեղերը տեղաւորուած են։Անոր ժողովուրդը գերեզմանին բոլորտիքն են։Ամէնքը սպաննուած՝ սուրով ինկած են. Անոնք, որ կենդանիներու երկրին մէջ վախ կ’ազդէին,
անդ տուաւ գերեզման նորա ի խորս խորխորատին, եւ եղեն ժողովք նորա շուրջ զշիրմօք նորա. [705]ամենայն վիրաւորք անկան սրով, որ արարին զգերեզմանս իւրեանց յատակս գբոց, եւ եղեն ժողովք շուրջ զգերեզմանօք նորա.`` ամենեքին [706]վիրաւորք անկեալք ի սրոյ, որ ետուն զահ [707]իւրեանց ի վերայ երկրին կենդանութեան:

32:23: տուաւ գերեզման նոցա ՚ի խորս խորխորատին, եւ եղեն ժողովուրդք նոցա շուրջ զշիրմօք նորա. ամենայն վիրաւորք անկան սրով. որ արարին զգերեզմանս իւրեանց ՚ի յատակս գբոց, եւ եղեն ժողովք շուրջ զգերեզմանօք նորա. ամենեքին վիրաւորք անկեալք ՚ի սրոյ, որ ետուն զահ իւրեանց ՚ի վերայ երկրին կենդանութեան[12813]։
[12813] Բազումք. Եւ եղեւ ժողովք նոցա շուրջ... իւրեանց յատակս գբ՛՛։
23 Այնտեղ՝ խորխորատի խորքերում է նրանց գերեզման տրուել,ու բոլորը հաւաքուել են նրա շիրիմների շուրջը: Սրից էին ընկել բոլոր սպանուածներն էլ,որոնք անդունդների խորքերը դարձրին իրենց գերեզման: Բոլորը հաւաքուել են նրա շիրիմների շուրջը: Սրից էին ընկել բոլոր սպանուածներն էլ,որոնք իրենց սարսափն էին տարածել ողջերի աշխարհի վրայ:
23 Անոնց գերեզմանները գուբին խորունկ տեղերը տեղաւորուած են։Անոր ժողովուրդը գերեզմանին բոլորտիքն են։Ամէնքը սպաննուած՝ սուրով ինկած են. Անոնք, որ կենդանիներու երկրին մէջ վախ կ’ազդէին,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:2332:23 Гробы его поставлены в самой глубине преисподней, и полчище его вокруг гробницы его, все пораженные, павшие от меча, те, которые распространяли ужас на земле живых.
32:24 ἐκεῖ εκει there αιλαμ αιλαμ.1 and; even πᾶσα πας all; every ἡ ο the δύναμις δυναμις power; ability αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him περικύκλῳ περικυκλω the μνήματος μνημα tomb αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him πάντες πας all; every οἱ ο the τραυματίαι τραυματιας the πεπτωκότες πιπτω fall μαχαίρᾳ μαχαιρα short sword καὶ και and; even οἱ ο the καταβαίνοντες καταβαινω step down; descend ἀπερίτμητοι απεριτμητος uncircumcised εἰς εις into; for γῆς γη earth; land βάθος βαθος depth οἱ ο the δεδωκότες διδωμι give; deposit αὐτῶν αυτος he; him φόβον φοβος fear; awe ἐπὶ επι in; on γῆς γη earth; land ζωῆς ζωη life; vitality καὶ και and; even ἐλάβοσαν λαμβανω take; get τὴν ο the βάσανον βασανος torment αὐτῶν αυτος he; him μετὰ μετα with; amid τῶν ο the καταβαινόντων καταβαινω step down; descend εἰς εις into; for βόθρον βοθρος hole
32:23 אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] נִתְּנ֤וּ nittᵊnˈû נתן give קִבְרֹתֶ֨יהָ֙ qivrōṯˈeʸhā קֶבֶר grave בְּ bᵊ בְּ in יַרְכְּתֵי־ yarkᵊṯê- יַרְכָּה backside בֹ֔ור vˈôr בֹּור cistern וַ wa וְ and יְהִ֣י yᵊhˈî היה be קְהָלָ֔הּ qᵊhālˈāh קָהָל assembly סְבִיבֹ֖ות sᵊvîvˌôṯ סָבִיב surrounding קְבֻרָתָ֑הּ qᵊvurāṯˈāh קְבוּרָה grave כֻּלָּ֤ם kullˈām כֹּל whole חֲלָלִים֙ ḥᵃlālîm חָלָל pierced נֹפְלִ֣ים nōfᵊlˈîm נפל fall בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the חֶ֔רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] נָתְנ֥וּ nāṯᵊnˌû נתן give חִתִּ֖ית ḥittˌîṯ חִתִּית terror בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth חַיִּֽים׃ ḥayyˈîm חַי alive
32:23. quorum data sunt sepulchra in novissimis laci et facta est multitudo eius per gyrum sepulchri eius universi interfecti cadentesque gladio qui dederant quondam formidinem in terra viventiumWhose graves are set in the lowest parts of the pit: and his multitude lay round about his grave: all of them slain, and fallen by the sword, they that heretofore spread terror in the land of the living.
23. whose graves are set in the uttermost parts of the pit, and her company is round about her grave: all of them slain, fallen by the sword, which caused terror in the land of the living.
32:23. Their graves have been placed in the lowest parts of the pit. And his multitude was stationed on all sides of his grave: all of the slain, and those who fell by the sword, who formerly spread terror in the land of the living.
32:23. Whose graves are set in the sides of the pit, and her company is round about her grave: all of them slain, fallen by the sword, which caused terror in the land of the living.
Whose graves are set in the sides of the pit, and her company is round about her grave: all of them slain, fallen by the sword, which caused terror in the land of the living:

32:23 Гробы его поставлены в самой глубине преисподней, и полчище его вокруг гробницы его, все пораженные, павшие от меча, те, которые распространяли ужас на земле живых.
32:24
ἐκεῖ εκει there
αιλαμ αιλαμ.1 and; even
πᾶσα πας all; every
ο the
δύναμις δυναμις power; ability
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
περικύκλῳ περικυκλω the
μνήματος μνημα tomb
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
πάντες πας all; every
οἱ ο the
τραυματίαι τραυματιας the
πεπτωκότες πιπτω fall
μαχαίρᾳ μαχαιρα short sword
καὶ και and; even
οἱ ο the
καταβαίνοντες καταβαινω step down; descend
ἀπερίτμητοι απεριτμητος uncircumcised
εἰς εις into; for
γῆς γη earth; land
βάθος βαθος depth
οἱ ο the
δεδωκότες διδωμι give; deposit
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
φόβον φοβος fear; awe
ἐπὶ επι in; on
γῆς γη earth; land
ζωῆς ζωη life; vitality
καὶ και and; even
ἐλάβοσαν λαμβανω take; get
τὴν ο the
βάσανον βασανος torment
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
μετὰ μετα with; amid
τῶν ο the
καταβαινόντων καταβαινω step down; descend
εἰς εις into; for
βόθρον βοθρος hole
32:23
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נִתְּנ֤וּ nittᵊnˈû נתן give
קִבְרֹתֶ֨יהָ֙ qivrōṯˈeʸhā קֶבֶר grave
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
יַרְכְּתֵי־ yarkᵊṯê- יַרְכָּה backside
בֹ֔ור vˈôr בֹּור cistern
וַ wa וְ and
יְהִ֣י yᵊhˈî היה be
קְהָלָ֔הּ qᵊhālˈāh קָהָל assembly
סְבִיבֹ֖ות sᵊvîvˌôṯ סָבִיב surrounding
קְבֻרָתָ֑הּ qᵊvurāṯˈāh קְבוּרָה grave
כֻּלָּ֤ם kullˈām כֹּל whole
חֲלָלִים֙ ḥᵃlālîm חָלָל pierced
נֹפְלִ֣ים nōfᵊlˈîm נפל fall
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
חֶ֔רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נָתְנ֥וּ nāṯᵊnˌû נתן give
חִתִּ֖ית ḥittˌîṯ חִתִּית terror
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
חַיִּֽים׃ ḥayyˈîm חַי alive
32:23. quorum data sunt sepulchra in novissimis laci et facta est multitudo eius per gyrum sepulchri eius universi interfecti cadentesque gladio qui dederant quondam formidinem in terra viventium
Whose graves are set in the lowest parts of the pit: and his multitude lay round about his grave: all of them slain, and fallen by the sword, they that heretofore spread terror in the land of the living.
32:23. Their graves have been placed in the lowest parts of the pit. And his multitude was stationed on all sides of his grave: all of the slain, and those who fell by the sword, who formerly spread terror in the land of the living.
32:23. Whose graves are set in the sides of the pit, and her company is round about her grave: all of them slain, fallen by the sword, which caused terror in the land of the living.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:23: Whose graves are set in the sides of the pit - Alluding to the niches in the sides of the subterranean caves or burying-places, where the bodies are laid. These are numerous in Egypt.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:23: graves: The niches in the sides of the subterranean burying places. Eze 26:20; Isa 14:15
which: Eze 32:24-27, Eze 32:32, Eze 26:17, Eze 26:20; Isa 14:16, Isa 51:12, Isa 51:13
terror: or, dismaying
the land: Eze 26:20; Job 28:13; Psa 27:13, Psa 116:9, Psa 142:5; Isa 38:11; Jer 11:19
John Gill
32:23 Whose graves are set in the sides of the pit,.... Or vault, where lay the king of Assyria, and those who fell by the sword with him, who are represented as lying in graves all around him; the nearest to him those who were in the highest posts, and most valiant and courageous, and next the common soldiers, as follows:
and her company is round about her grave not Pharaoh's company round about the grave of the Assyrian monarch; but the company of the king of Assyria, or his army, as the Targum, round about grave; or lying about in the ruins of his kingdom:
all of them slain, fallen by the sword, which caused terror in the land of the living; even they who now are in the state of the dead, and can no more disturb and distress any, while they were alive, or in the world, struck terror in all neighbouring states and kingdoms; threatening destruction to them, and obliging them to submit to their tyranny and exactions. Jarchi interprets this of the land of Israel; and the Jewish writers commonly understand by the land of the living the land of Canaan wherever they meet with it; because here men worshipped the living God, and lived before him; and the inhabitants of this land were often terrified by the king of Assyria. So the Targum,
"because they ruled in the land of Israel.''
John Wesley
32:23 Whose graves - Here is supposed a spacious vault, in the midst whereof the king of Ashur lies, and round the vault, his familiar captains and commanders. Her company - The common subjects of the Assyrian empire, all buried undistinguished about her. Her grave - The ruins of an empire are its grave. In the land - While they were in the land of the living.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:23 in the sides of the pit--Sepulchres in the East were caves hollowed out of the rock, and the bodies were laid in niches formed at the sides. MAURER needlessly departs from the ordinary meaning, and translates, "extremities" (compare Is 14:13, Is 14:15).
which caused terror--They, who alive were a terror to others, are now, in the nether world, themselves a terrible object to behold.
32:2432:24: Ա՛նդ Էղ՚ամ, եւ ամենայն զօրութիւն նորա շուրջ զգերեզմանաւ նորա. ամենեքին վիրաւորք անկեալք ՚ի սրոյ իջին անթլփատք ՚ի խորս երկրի. որ ետուն զահ իւրեանց ՚ի վերայ երկրին կենդանութեան, եւ ընկալան զտանջանս իւրեանց ընդ իջեալսն ՚ի խորխորատ[12814] [12814] Բազումք. Զահ իւրեանց յերկիրն կենդ՛՛։
24 Այնտեղ էր Եղամը,նրա ողջ զօրքը նրա գերեզմանի շուրջն էր: Երկրի խորքերն անթլփատ են իջել բոլոր սրով սպանուածներն էլ,որոնք իրենց սարսափն էին տարածել ողջերի աշխարհի վրայ: Նրանք իրենց տանջանքներն ստացել են խորխորատ իջածների հետ,սպանուածների մէջ:
24 Եղամ ու իր բոլոր ժողովուրդը Հո՛ն, անոր գերեզմանին բոլորտիքն են։Ամէնքը սպաննուած՝ սուրով ինկած են Ու անթլփատ իջան երկրին խորերը։Անոնք որ կենդանիներու երկիրը կը վախցնէին, Հիմա գուբը իջնողներուն հետ իրենց նախատինքը կը կրեն։
Անդ Եղամ, եւ ամենայն զօրութիւն նորա շուրջ զգերեզմանաւ նորա. ամենեքին վիրաւորք անկեալք ի սրոյ` իջին անթլփատք ի խորս երկրի, որ ետուն զահ [708]իւրեանց յերկրին կենդանութեան, եւ ընկալան [709]զտանջանս իւրեանց ընդ իջեալսն ի խորխորատ:

32:24: Ա՛նդ Էղ՚ամ, եւ ամենայն զօրութիւն նորա շուրջ զգերեզմանաւ նորա. ամենեքին վիրաւորք անկեալք ՚ի սրոյ իջին անթլփատք ՚ի խորս երկրի. որ ետուն զահ իւրեանց ՚ի վերայ երկրին կենդանութեան, եւ ընկալան զտանջանս իւրեանց ընդ իջեալսն ՚ի խորխորատ[12814]
[12814] Բազումք. Զահ իւրեանց յերկիրն կենդ՛՛։
24 Այնտեղ էր Եղամը,նրա ողջ զօրքը նրա գերեզմանի շուրջն էր: Երկրի խորքերն անթլփատ են իջել բոլոր սրով սպանուածներն էլ,որոնք իրենց սարսափն էին տարածել ողջերի աշխարհի վրայ: Նրանք իրենց տանջանքներն ստացել են խորխորատ իջածների հետ,սպանուածների մէջ:
24 Եղամ ու իր բոլոր ժողովուրդը Հո՛ն, անոր գերեզմանին բոլորտիքն են։Ամէնքը սպաննուած՝ սուրով ինկած են Ու անթլփատ իջան երկրին խորերը։Անոնք որ կենդանիներու երկիրը կը վախցնէին, Հիմա գուբը իջնողներուն հետ իրենց նախատինքը կը կրեն։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:2432:24 Там Елам со всем множеством своим вокруг гробницы его, все они пораженные, павшие от меча, которые необрезанными сошли в преисподнюю, которые распространили собою ужас на земле живых и несут позор свой с отшедшими в могилу.
32:25 ἐν εν in μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle τραυματιῶν τραυματιας wounded one
32:24 שָׁ֤ם šˈām שָׁם there עֵילָם֙ ʕêlˌām עֵילָם Elam וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הֲמֹונָ֔הּ hᵃmônˈāh הָמֹון commotion סְבִיבֹ֖ות sᵊvîvˌôṯ סָבִיב surrounding קְבֻרָתָ֑הּ qᵊvurāṯˈāh קְבוּרָה grave כֻּלָּ֣ם kullˈām כֹּל whole חֲלָלִים֩ ḥᵃlālîm חָלָל pierced הַ ha הַ the נֹּפְלִ֨ים nnōfᵊlˌîm נפל fall בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the חֶ֜רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger אֲֽשֶׁר־ ʔˈᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] יָרְד֥וּ yārᵊḏˌû ירד descend עֲרֵלִ֣ים׀ ʕᵃrēlˈîm עָרֵל uncircumcised אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth תַּחְתִּיֹּ֗ות taḥtiyyˈôṯ תַּחְתִּי lower אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] נָתְנ֤וּ nāṯᵊnˈû נתן give חִתִּיתָם֙ ḥittîṯˌām חִתִּית terror בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth חַיִּ֔ים ḥayyˈîm חַי alive וַ wa וְ and יִּשְׂא֥וּ yyiśʔˌû נשׂא lift כְלִמָּתָ֖ם ḵᵊlimmāṯˌām כְּלִמָּה insult אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with יֹ֥ורְדֵי yˌôrᵊḏê ירד descend בֹֽור׃ vˈôr בֹּור cistern
32:24. ibi Aelam et omnis multitudo eius per gyrum sepulchri sui omnes hii interfecti ruentesque gladio qui descenderunt incircumcisi ad terram ultimam qui posuerunt terrorem suum in terra viventium et portaverunt ignominiam suam cum his qui descendunt in lacumThere is Elam and all his multitude round about his grave, all of them slain, and fallen by the sword; that went down uncircumcised to the lowest parts of the earth: that caused their terror in the land of the living, and they have borne their shame with them that go down into the pit.
24. There is Elam and all her multitude round about her grave: all of them slain, fallen by the sword, which are gone down uncircumcised into the nether parts of the earth, which caused their terror in the land of the living, and have borne their shame with them that go down to the pit.
32:24. Elam is in that place, with all his multitude, on all sides of his grave, all those who were slain or who fell by the sword, who descended uncircumcised to the lowest part of the earth, who caused their terror in the land of the living. And they have borne their disgrace, with those who descend into the pit.
32:24. There [is] Elam and all her multitude round about her grave, all of them slain, fallen by the sword, which are gone down uncircumcised into the nether parts of the earth, which caused their terror in the land of the living; yet have they borne their shame with them that go down to the pit.
There [is] Elam and all her multitude round about her grave, all of them slain, fallen by the sword, which are gone down uncircumcised into the nether parts of the earth, which caused their terror in the land of the living; yet have they borne their shame with them that go down to the pit:

32:24 Там Елам со всем множеством своим вокруг гробницы его, все они пораженные, павшие от меча, которые необрезанными сошли в преисподнюю, которые распространили собою ужас на земле живых и несут позор свой с отшедшими в могилу.
32:25
ἐν εν in
μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle
τραυματιῶν τραυματιας wounded one
32:24
שָׁ֤ם šˈām שָׁם there
עֵילָם֙ ʕêlˌām עֵילָם Elam
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הֲמֹונָ֔הּ hᵃmônˈāh הָמֹון commotion
סְבִיבֹ֖ות sᵊvîvˌôṯ סָבִיב surrounding
קְבֻרָתָ֑הּ qᵊvurāṯˈāh קְבוּרָה grave
כֻּלָּ֣ם kullˈām כֹּל whole
חֲלָלִים֩ ḥᵃlālîm חָלָל pierced
הַ ha הַ the
נֹּפְלִ֨ים nnōfᵊlˌîm נפל fall
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
חֶ֜רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger
אֲֽשֶׁר־ ʔˈᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יָרְד֥וּ yārᵊḏˌû ירד descend
עֲרֵלִ֣ים׀ ʕᵃrēlˈîm עָרֵל uncircumcised
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
תַּחְתִּיֹּ֗ות taḥtiyyˈôṯ תַּחְתִּי lower
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נָתְנ֤וּ nāṯᵊnˈû נתן give
חִתִּיתָם֙ ḥittîṯˌām חִתִּית terror
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
חַיִּ֔ים ḥayyˈîm חַי alive
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשְׂא֥וּ yyiśʔˌû נשׂא lift
כְלִמָּתָ֖ם ḵᵊlimmāṯˌām כְּלִמָּה insult
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with
יֹ֥ורְדֵי yˌôrᵊḏê ירד descend
בֹֽור׃ vˈôr בֹּור cistern
32:24. ibi Aelam et omnis multitudo eius per gyrum sepulchri sui omnes hii interfecti ruentesque gladio qui descenderunt incircumcisi ad terram ultimam qui posuerunt terrorem suum in terra viventium et portaverunt ignominiam suam cum his qui descendunt in lacum
There is Elam and all his multitude round about his grave, all of them slain, and fallen by the sword; that went down uncircumcised to the lowest parts of the earth: that caused their terror in the land of the living, and they have borne their shame with them that go down into the pit.
32:24. Elam is in that place, with all his multitude, on all sides of his grave, all those who were slain or who fell by the sword, who descended uncircumcised to the lowest part of the earth, who caused their terror in the land of the living. And they have borne their disgrace, with those who descend into the pit.
32:24. There [is] Elam and all her multitude round about her grave, all of them slain, fallen by the sword, which are gone down uncircumcised into the nether parts of the earth, which caused their terror in the land of the living; yet have they borne their shame with them that go down to the pit.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
24. “Елам”, ассир. Еламту, у класс. Elymais, Susiana, сильный народ передней Азии, превосходные стрелки, подчиненный Ассирии (Ис XI:11; Езд IV:9) Ассурбанипалом (только после 5: походов); в войске Сеннахерима у Иерусалима были еламиты (Ис XXII:2); с падением Ассирии вернули самостоятельность, которою пользовались вероятно при Иезекииле, успешно отстаивая ее против вавилонян и мидян (Str. XVI, 744), последними из которых, может быть, и были покорены (Иер XLIX:34: и д. XXV:25). “Необрезанными”. Об Ассуре; этого не сказано. - “Несут позор свой”. То же.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:24: There is Elam - The Elamites, not far from the Assyrians; others think that Persia is meant. It was invaded by the joint forces of Cyaxares and Nebuchadnezzar.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:24: See the marginal referenc. Elam answers to the country known to the Greeks and Romans as Elymais, near Persia and Media. The Elamites were a fierce and warlike people. In the records of Assurbanipal his final triumph over Elam seems to have been one of his proudest boasts. Elam no doubt in the decline of Assyrian power again asserted its independence and was again crushed by the Chaldaean conqueror.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:24: Elam: Gen 10:22, Gen 14:1; Ch1 1:17; Jer 25:25, Jer 49:34-39; Dan 8:2
which are: Eze 32:18, Eze 32:21, Eze 26:20
which caused: Eze 32:23
borne: Eze 32:25, Eze 32:30, Eze 16:52, Eze 16:54, Eze 34:29, Eze 36:6, Eze 36:7, Eze 36:15, Eze 39:26, Eze 44:13; Jer 3:24, Jer 3:25; Hab 2:16
Geneva 1599
32:24 There [is] (o) Elam and all her multitude around her grave, all of them slain, fallen by the sword, who are gone down uncircumcised into the lower parts of the earth, who caused their terror in the land of the (p) living; yet have they borne their shame with them that go down to the pit.
(o) Meaning the Persians.
(p) Whom in his life all the world feared.
John Gill
32:24 There is Elam and all her multitude round about her grave,.... The kingdom of the Medes and Persians lying in ruin, and the potent kings thereof in the state of the dead; with their army, as the Arabic version, slain and destroyed, and placed round about the grave of the king of Persia; for of him rather it is to be understood than of the king of Assyria, or of Egypt, as some:
all of them slain, fallen by the sword; either of the Scythians in the reign of Cyaxares; or of Nebuchadnezzar a few years before this, in the reign of Zedekiah king of Judah; see Jer 49:34,
which are gone down uncircumcised into the nether parts of the earth; unholy persons, profane sinners, destitute of the grace of God; who were gone down into the grave, and even into hell and everlasting destruction, as their sins deserved:
which caused their terror in the land of the living; made a great noise in the world, and struck a panic in neighbouring nations, invaded and conquered by them; this they did while living, but now, being in the state of the dead, nothing was to be feared from them: yet have they borne their shame with them that go down to the pit; were obliged to submit to death, and a shameful one, by the hands of their conquerors, and to be laid with ignominy in the grave with others, without any mark of distinction; all being upon a level, cast into the same pit of destruction, and into the lower parts of it; though their king might have a magnificent sepulchre erected for him, as follows:
John Wesley
32:24 Elam - The Persians, and their famous kings, who lived in former days. Their shame - God, and man poured contempt upon them, and turned their glory into shame.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:24 Elam--placed next, as having been an auxiliary to Assyria. Its territory lay in Persia. In Abraham's time an independent kingdom (Gen 14:1). Famous for its bowmen (Is 22:6).
borne their shame--the just retribution of their lawless pride. Destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar (Jer 49:34-38).
32:2532:25: ՚ի մէջ վիրաւորաց։
25 Այնտեղ, նրա գերեզմանի շուրջն են գցուել Մոսոքն ու Թոբէլը
25 Սպաննուածներուն մէջ անկողին պատրաստեցին անոր ու իր ժողովուրդին, Անոնց գերեզմանները իր բոլորտիքն են. Ամէնքը սուրով սպաննուած անթլփատներ են, Թէպէտեւ անոնք կենդանիներու երկրին մէջ զանոնք կը վախցնէին, Հիմա գուբը իջնողներուն հետ իրենց նախատինքը կը կրեն։Անոնք սպաննուածներուն մէջ գրուած են։
ի մէջ վիրաւորաց:

32:25: ՚ի մէջ վիրաւորաց։
25 Այնտեղ, նրա գերեզմանի շուրջն են գցուել Մոսոքն ու Թոբէլը
25 Սպաննուածներուն մէջ անկողին պատրաստեցին անոր ու իր ժողովուրդին, Անոնց գերեզմանները իր բոլորտիքն են. Ամէնքը սուրով սպաննուած անթլփատներ են, Թէպէտեւ անոնք կենդանիներու երկրին մէջ զանոնք կը վախցնէին, Հիմա գուբը իջնողներուն հետ իրենց նախատինքը կը կրեն։Անոնք սպաննուածներուն մէջ գրուած են։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:2532:25 Среди пораженных дали ложе ему со всем множеством его; вокруг него гробы их, все необрезанные, пораженные мечом; и как они распространяли ужас на земле живых, то и несут на себе позор наравне с отшедшими в могилу и положены среди пораженных.
32:26 ἐκεῖ εκει there ἐδόθησαν διδωμι give; deposit Μοσοχ μοσοχ and; even Θοβελ θοβελ and; even πᾶσα πας all; every ἡ ο the ἰσχὺς ισχυς force αὐτῶν αυτος he; him περικύκλῳ περικυκλω the μνήματος μνημα tomb αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him πάντες πας all; every τραυματίαι τραυματιας he; him πάντες πας all; every ἀπερίτμητοι απεριτμητος uncircumcised τραυματίαι τραυματιας from; away μαχαίρας μαχαιρα short sword οἱ ο the δεδωκότες διδωμι give; deposit τὸν ο the φόβον φοβος fear; awe αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐπὶ επι in; on γῆς γη earth; land ζωῆς ζωη life; vitality
32:25 בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תֹ֣וךְ ṯˈôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst חֲ֠לָלִים ḥᵃlālîm חָלָל pierced נָתְנ֨וּ nāṯᵊnˌû נתן give מִשְׁכָּ֥ב miškˌāv מִשְׁכָּב couch לָהּ֙ lˌāh לְ to בְּ bᵊ בְּ in כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הֲמֹונָ֔הּ hᵃmônˈāh הָמֹון commotion סְבִֽיבֹותָ֖יו sᵊvˈîvôṯˌāʸw סָבִיב surrounding קִבְרֹתֶ֑הָ qivrōṯˈehā קֶבֶר grave כֻּלָּ֣ם kullˈām כֹּל whole עֲרֵלִ֣ים ʕᵃrēlˈîm עָרֵל uncircumcised חַלְלֵי־ ḥallê- חָלָל pierced חֶ֡רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that נִתַּ֨ן nittˌan נתן give חִתִּיתָ֜ם ḥittîṯˈām חִתִּית terror בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth חַיִּ֗ים ḥayyˈîm חַי alive וַ wa וְ and יִּשְׂא֤וּ yyiśʔˈû נשׂא lift כְלִמָּתָם֙ ḵᵊlimmāṯˌām כְּלִמָּה insult אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with יֹ֣ורְדֵי yˈôrᵊḏê ירד descend בֹ֔ור vˈôr בֹּור cistern בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תֹ֥וךְ ṯˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst חֲלָלִ֖ים ḥᵃlālˌîm חָלָל pierced נִתָּֽן׃ nittˈān נתן give
32:25. in medio interfectorum posuerunt cubile eius in universis populis eius in circuitu eius sepulchrum illius omnes hii incircumcisi interfectique gladio dederant enim terrorem in terra viventium et portaverunt ignominiam suam cum his qui descendunt in lacum in medio interfectorum positi suntIn the midst of the slain they have set him a bed among all his people: their graves are round about him: all these are uncircumcised, and slain by the sword: for they spread their terror in the land of the living, and have borne their shame with them that descend into the pit: they are laid in the midst of the slain.
25. They have set her a bed in the midst of the slain with all her multitude; her graves are round about her: all of them uncircumcised, slain by the sword; for their terror was caused in the land of the living, and they have borne their shame with them that go down to the pit: he is put in the midst of them that be slain.
32:25. They have appointed him a place to lie among all his people, in the midst of the slain. Their graves are all around him. All these are uncircumcised and were slain by the sword. For they spread their terror in the land of the living, and they have borne their disgrace, with those who descend into the pit. They have been stationed in the midst of the slain.
32:25. They have set her a bed in the midst of the slain with all her multitude: her graves [are] round about him: all of them uncircumcised, slain by the sword: though their terror was caused in the land of the living, yet have they borne their shame with them that go down to the pit: he is put in the midst of [them that be] slain.
They have set her a bed in the midst of the slain with all her multitude: her graves [are] round about him: all of them uncircumcised, slain by the sword: though their terror was caused in the land of the living, yet have they borne their shame with them that go down to the pit: he is put in the midst of [them that be] slain:

32:25 Среди пораженных дали ложе ему со всем множеством его; вокруг него гробы их, все необрезанные, пораженные мечом; и как они распространяли ужас на земле живых, то и несут на себе позор наравне с отшедшими в могилу и положены среди пораженных.
32:26
ἐκεῖ εκει there
ἐδόθησαν διδωμι give; deposit
Μοσοχ μοσοχ and; even
Θοβελ θοβελ and; even
πᾶσα πας all; every
ο the
ἰσχὺς ισχυς force
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
περικύκλῳ περικυκλω the
μνήματος μνημα tomb
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
πάντες πας all; every
τραυματίαι τραυματιας he; him
πάντες πας all; every
ἀπερίτμητοι απεριτμητος uncircumcised
τραυματίαι τραυματιας from; away
μαχαίρας μαχαιρα short sword
οἱ ο the
δεδωκότες διδωμι give; deposit
τὸν ο the
φόβον φοβος fear; awe
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐπὶ επι in; on
γῆς γη earth; land
ζωῆς ζωη life; vitality
32:25
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תֹ֣וךְ ṯˈôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst
חֲ֠לָלִים ḥᵃlālîm חָלָל pierced
נָתְנ֨וּ nāṯᵊnˌû נתן give
מִשְׁכָּ֥ב miškˌāv מִשְׁכָּב couch
לָהּ֙ lˌāh לְ to
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הֲמֹונָ֔הּ hᵃmônˈāh הָמֹון commotion
סְבִֽיבֹותָ֖יו sᵊvˈîvôṯˌāʸw סָבִיב surrounding
קִבְרֹתֶ֑הָ qivrōṯˈehā קֶבֶר grave
כֻּלָּ֣ם kullˈām כֹּל whole
עֲרֵלִ֣ים ʕᵃrēlˈîm עָרֵל uncircumcised
חַלְלֵי־ ḥallê- חָלָל pierced
חֶ֡רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
נִתַּ֨ן nittˌan נתן give
חִתִּיתָ֜ם ḥittîṯˈām חִתִּית terror
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
חַיִּ֗ים ḥayyˈîm חַי alive
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשְׂא֤וּ yyiśʔˈû נשׂא lift
כְלִמָּתָם֙ ḵᵊlimmāṯˌām כְּלִמָּה insult
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with
יֹ֣ורְדֵי yˈôrᵊḏê ירד descend
בֹ֔ור vˈôr בֹּור cistern
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תֹ֥וךְ ṯˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst
חֲלָלִ֖ים ḥᵃlālˌîm חָלָל pierced
נִתָּֽן׃ nittˈān נתן give
32:25. in medio interfectorum posuerunt cubile eius in universis populis eius in circuitu eius sepulchrum illius omnes hii incircumcisi interfectique gladio dederant enim terrorem in terra viventium et portaverunt ignominiam suam cum his qui descendunt in lacum in medio interfectorum positi sunt
In the midst of the slain they have set him a bed among all his people: their graves are round about him: all these are uncircumcised, and slain by the sword: for they spread their terror in the land of the living, and have borne their shame with them that descend into the pit: they are laid in the midst of the slain.
32:25. They have appointed him a place to lie among all his people, in the midst of the slain. Their graves are all around him. All these are uncircumcised and were slain by the sword. For they spread their terror in the land of the living, and they have borne their disgrace, with those who descend into the pit. They have been stationed in the midst of the slain.
32:25. They have set her a bed in the midst of the slain with all her multitude: her graves [are] round about him: all of them uncircumcised, slain by the sword: though their terror was caused in the land of the living, yet have they borne their shame with them that go down to the pit: he is put in the midst of [them that be] slain.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
25. “Среди пораженных” - XXVIII:10. “Множеством” - ХXXI:2. - “Вокруг него гробы их” ст. 22. Стих заключает в себе повторения не только из 22: и 23: ст., что естественно, но и из 24: ст., что, вероятно, диттография. Многие код. LXX читают из него только 3: первые или 3: последние слова.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:25: set her: Psa 139:8; Rev 2:22
a bed: A cell, or bier, in the sepulchral vault, in which the corpse was deposited.
all of them: Eze 32:19, Eze 32:21, Eze 44:7, Eze 44:9; Sa2 1:20; Ch1 10:4; Act 7:51
though: Luk 12:4, Luk 12:5
John Gill
32:25 They have set her bed in the midst of the slain, with all her multitude,.... The grave is called a bed, Is 57:2, whereon is put the sepulchral chest or coffin, in which the body is laid, and rests as on a bed. It may here design a stately sepulchre or coffin in it, with a magnificent monument over it for the king of Elam, with his army, and the generals of it slain in battle, placed all around him, in less stately beds, coffins, and graves, as explained in the next clause:
her graves are round about him; the king of Persia and his grave, surrounded with the graves of his soldiers and officers:
all of them uncircumcised, slain by the sword: though their terror was caused in the land of the living, yet have they borne their shame with them that go down to the pit; which is repeated for the confirmation of it:
he is put in the midst of them that be slain; the king of Elam or Persia; he is laid among the slain, having fallen with them, and his grave is placed in the midst of them.
John Wesley
32:25 A bed - The Persians had their coffins, in which with balms and spices, the dead were kept, in the midst of places provided for them; in such is the king of Elam here placed with his slaughtered captains about him. All the honour he can now pretend to, is to be buried in the chief sepulchre.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:25 a bed--a sepulchral niche.
all . . . slain by . . . sword, &c.-- (Ezek 32:21, Ezek 32:23-24). The very monotony of the phraseology gives to the dirge an awe-inspiring effect.
32:2632:26: Ա՛նդ տուան Մոսոք՝ եւ Թոբէլ, եւ ամենայն զօրութիւնք նոցա շուրջ զգերեզմանաւ նորա. ամենայն վիրաւորք նորա ամենեքեան անթլփատք վիրաւորք անկեալք ՚ի սրոյ, որ ետուն զահ իւրեանց ՚ի վերայ երկրին կենդանութեան[12815]։ [12815] Յօրինակին. Եւ ամենայն զօրութիւնք նոքա շուրջ։
26 ու նրանց ամբողջ զօրքը՝ նրա բոլոր սպանուածները(բոլորն էլ անթլփատներ, սրով սպանուած ընկածներ),որոնք իրենց սարսաափն էին տարածել ողջերի աշխարհի վրայ:
26 Մոսոքն ու Թոբէլը եւ անոնց բոլոր ժողովուրդը հոն են։Անոնց գերեզմանները իր բոլորտիքն են։Ամէնքը սուրով սպաննուած անթլփատներ են, Թէպէտեւ անոնք կենդանիներուն երկրին մէջ զանոնք կը վախցնէին։
Անդ տուան`` Մոսոք եւ Թոբէլ, եւ ամենայն զօրութիւնք [710]նոցա շուրջ զգերեզմանաւ նորա. ամենայն վիրաւորք նորա`` ամենեքեան անթլփատք վիրաւորք անկեալք ի սրոյ, որ ետուն զահ իւրեանց ի վերայ երկրին կենդանութեան:

32:26: Ա՛նդ տուան Մոսոք՝ եւ Թոբէլ, եւ ամենայն զօրութիւնք նոցա շուրջ զգերեզմանաւ նորա. ամենայն վիրաւորք նորա ամենեքեան անթլփատք վիրաւորք անկեալք ՚ի սրոյ, որ ետուն զահ իւրեանց ՚ի վերայ երկրին կենդանութեան[12815]։
[12815] Յօրինակին. Եւ ամենայն զօրութիւնք նոքա շուրջ։
26 ու նրանց ամբողջ զօրքը՝ նրա բոլոր սպանուածները(բոլորն էլ անթլփատներ, սրով սպանուած ընկածներ),որոնք իրենց սարսաափն էին տարածել ողջերի աշխարհի վրայ:
26 Մոսոքն ու Թոբէլը եւ անոնց բոլոր ժողովուրդը հոն են։Անոնց գերեզմանները իր բոլորտիքն են։Ամէնքը սուրով սպաննուած անթլփատներ են, Թէպէտեւ անոնք կենդանիներուն երկրին մէջ զանոնք կը վախցնէին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:2632:26 Там Мешех и Фувал со всем множеством своим; вокруг него гробы их, все необрезанные, пораженные мечом, потому что они распространяли ужас на земле живых.
32:27 καὶ και and; even ἐκοιμήθησαν κοιμαω doze; fall asleep μετὰ μετα with; amid τῶν ο the γιγάντων γιγας the πεπτωκότων πιπτω fall ἀπὸ απο from; away αἰῶνος αιων age; -ever οἳ ος who; what κατέβησαν καταβαινω step down; descend εἰς εις into; for ᾅδου αδης Hades ἐν εν in ὅπλοις οπλον armament; weapon πολεμικοῖς πολεμικος and; even ἔθηκαν τιθημι put; make τὰς ο the μαχαίρας μαχαιρα short sword αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ὑπὸ υπο under; by τὰς ο the κεφαλὰς κεφαλη head; top αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἐγενήθησαν γινομαι happen; become αἱ ο the ἀνομίαι ανομια lawlessness αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐπὶ επι in; on τῶν ο the ὀστῶν οστεον bone αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ὅτι οτι since; that ἐξεφόβησαν εκφοβεω terrify γίγαντας γιγας in γῇ γη earth; land ζωῆς ζωη life; vitality
32:26 שָׁ֣ם šˈām שָׁם there מֶ֤שֶׁךְ mˈešeḵ מֶשֶׁךְ Meshech תֻּבַל֙ tuvˌal תֻּבַל Tubal וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הֲמֹונָ֔הּ hᵃmônˈāh הָמֹון commotion סְבִֽיבֹותָ֖יו sᵊvˈîvôṯˌāʸw סָבִיב surrounding קִבְרֹותֶ֑יהָ qivrôṯˈeʸhā קֶבֶר grave כֻּלָּ֤ם kullˈām כֹּל whole עֲרֵלִים֙ ʕᵃrēlîm עָרֵל uncircumcised מְחֻ֣לְלֵי mᵊḥˈullê חלל pierce חֶ֔רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that נָתְנ֥וּ nāṯᵊnˌû נתן give חִתִּיתָ֖ם ḥittîṯˌām חִתִּית terror בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth חַיִּֽים׃ ḥayyˈîm חַי alive
32:26. ibi Mosoch et Thubal et omnis multitudo eius in circuitu illius sepulchra eius omnes hii incircumcisi interfectique et cadentes gladio quia dederunt formidinem suam in terra viventiumThere is Mosoch, and Thubal, and all their multitude: their graves are round about him: all of them uncircumcised and slain, and fallen by the sword: though they spread their terror in the land of the living.
26. There is Meshech, Tubal, and all her multitude; her graves are round about her: all of them uncircumcised, slain by the sword; for they caused their terror in the land of the living.
32:26. Meshech and Tubal are in that place, with all their multitude. Their graves are all around him: all these are uncircumcised, and they were slain and fell by the sword. For they spread their terror in the land of the living.
32:26. There [is] Meshech, Tubal, and all her multitude: her graves [are] round about him: all of them uncircumcised, slain by the sword, though they caused their terror in the land of the living.
There [is] Meshech, Tubal, and all her multitude: her graves [are] round about him: all of them uncircumcised, slain by the sword, though they caused their terror in the land of the living:

32:26 Там Мешех и Фувал со всем множеством своим; вокруг него гробы их, все необрезанные, пораженные мечом, потому что они распространяли ужас на земле живых.
32:27
καὶ και and; even
ἐκοιμήθησαν κοιμαω doze; fall asleep
μετὰ μετα with; amid
τῶν ο the
γιγάντων γιγας the
πεπτωκότων πιπτω fall
ἀπὸ απο from; away
αἰῶνος αιων age; -ever
οἳ ος who; what
κατέβησαν καταβαινω step down; descend
εἰς εις into; for
ᾅδου αδης Hades
ἐν εν in
ὅπλοις οπλον armament; weapon
πολεμικοῖς πολεμικος and; even
ἔθηκαν τιθημι put; make
τὰς ο the
μαχαίρας μαχαιρα short sword
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ὑπὸ υπο under; by
τὰς ο the
κεφαλὰς κεφαλη head; top
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἐγενήθησαν γινομαι happen; become
αἱ ο the
ἀνομίαι ανομια lawlessness
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῶν ο the
ὀστῶν οστεον bone
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ὅτι οτι since; that
ἐξεφόβησαν εκφοβεω terrify
γίγαντας γιγας in
γῇ γη earth; land
ζωῆς ζωη life; vitality
32:26
שָׁ֣ם šˈām שָׁם there
מֶ֤שֶׁךְ mˈešeḵ מֶשֶׁךְ Meshech
תֻּבַל֙ tuvˌal תֻּבַל Tubal
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הֲמֹונָ֔הּ hᵃmônˈāh הָמֹון commotion
סְבִֽיבֹותָ֖יו sᵊvˈîvôṯˌāʸw סָבִיב surrounding
קִבְרֹותֶ֑יהָ qivrôṯˈeʸhā קֶבֶר grave
כֻּלָּ֤ם kullˈām כֹּל whole
עֲרֵלִים֙ ʕᵃrēlîm עָרֵל uncircumcised
מְחֻ֣לְלֵי mᵊḥˈullê חלל pierce
חֶ֔רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
נָתְנ֥וּ nāṯᵊnˌû נתן give
חִתִּיתָ֖ם ḥittîṯˌām חִתִּית terror
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
חַיִּֽים׃ ḥayyˈîm חַי alive
32:26. ibi Mosoch et Thubal et omnis multitudo eius in circuitu illius sepulchra eius omnes hii incircumcisi interfectique et cadentes gladio quia dederunt formidinem suam in terra viventium
There is Mosoch, and Thubal, and all their multitude: their graves are round about him: all of them uncircumcised and slain, and fallen by the sword: though they spread their terror in the land of the living.
32:26. Meshech and Tubal are in that place, with all their multitude. Their graves are all around him: all these are uncircumcised, and they were slain and fell by the sword. For they spread their terror in the land of the living.
32:26. There [is] Meshech, Tubal, and all her multitude: her graves [are] round about him: all of them uncircumcised, slain by the sword, though they caused their terror in the land of the living.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
26. Мешех и (и евр. “и” нет) Фувал - см. объяснение XXVIII:13. Они же являются главными союзниками Гога (XXXVIII:2). Если это скифы, то пророк мог иметь в виду тот большой поход скифов в переднюю Азию, о котором рассказывает Геродот (I, 103: и cл. ср. IV, 11: и cл.) и на который, кажется, не раз указывает кн. Софонии и Иер IV-VI. В Пс CXIX:5: Мешех означает варваров отдаленнейшего севера, а несомненно, что скифы тогда жили и между Черным и Каспийским морем. По Геродоту, они грабили переднюю Азию в течение 28: лет и опустошали ее страшно; их вторжение вынудило между прочим и Киаксара снять осаду Ниневии. Остальное см. ст. 23.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:26: There is Meshech, Tubal - See on Eze 27:13 (note).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:26: Meshech: Supposed to be the Moschi, a people between Iberia and Armenia, from whom, probably the Muscovites are descended. Eze 27:13, Eze 38:2, Eze 38:3, Eze 39:1; Gen 10:2, Gen 10:12; Ch1 1:5
Tubal: Probably the Tibarenians, a people of Pontus, west of the Moschians.
all of: Eze 32:19, Eze 32:20, Eze 32:24
caused: Eze 32:23, Eze 32:27, Eze 32:32
Geneva 1599
32:26 There [is] (q) Meshech, Tubal, and all her multitude: her graves [are] around him: all of them uncircumcised, slain by the sword, though they caused their terror in the land of the living.
(q) That is, the Capadocians and Italians or Spaniards, as Josephus writes.
John Gill
32:26 There is Meshech, Tubal, and all her multitude,.... The Scythians, a powerful and warlike people; and all their armies, as the Targum; with their leaders, generals, and commanders, as lying in their graves next to the Assyrians and Elamites, or
her graves are round about him; not the king of Egypt, nor the king of Assyria, nor the king of Persia; but the chief commander of the Scythians, called the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal, Ezek 38:2,
all of them slain by the sword; of Halyattes, king of Lydia, and Cyaxares, king of Media, who was assisted by the former in subduing the Scythians:
though they caused their terror in the land of the living; as they did in Media, and other countries, and especially in some parts of Asia.
John Wesley
32:26 Her multitude - With the Cappadocians and Albanians, the Scythians may be included, many of whom were next neighbors to them.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:26 Meshech, Tubal--northern nations: the Moschi and Tibareni, between the Black and Caspian Seas. HERODOTUS [3.94], mentions them as a subjugated people, tributaries to Darius Hystaspes (see Ezek 27:13).
32:2732:27: Եւ ննջեցին ընդ հսկայսն անկեալսն յաւիտենից. որ իջին ՚ի դժոխս պատերազմօղ զինուքն իւրեանց, եւ եդան անօրէնութիւնք նոցա ՚ի վերայ ոսկերաց իւրեանց. զի զարհուրեցուցին զհսկայս ՚ի կենդանութեան իւրեանց[12816]։ [12816] Ոմանք. Եւ ոչ ննջեցին ընդ հսկայսն։
27 Նրանք ննջել են յաւիտենապէս ընկած հսկաների հետ,որոնք գերեզման էին իջել իրենց պատերազմական զէնքերով.նրանց անիրաւութիւններն էլ դրուել են նրանց ոսկորների վրայ,որովհետեւ զարհուրեցրել էին հսկաներին իրենց կենդանութեան ժամանակ:
27 Անոնք անթլփատներէն ինկող հսկաներուն հետ պիտի չպառկին, Որոնք իրենց պատերազմական զէնքերովը գերեզման իջան Եւ իրենց սուրերը իրենց գլուխներուն տակ դրին. Սակայն անոնց անօրէնութիւնները իրենց ոսկորներուն վրայ պիտի ըլլան, Թէեւ անոնք կենդանիներուն երկրին մէջ հսկաներուն սարսափն էին։
Եւ ոչ ննջեցին ընդ հսկայսն անկեալսն [711]յաւիտենից, որ իջին ի դժոխս պատերազմօղ զինուքն իւրեանց, եւ [712]եդան անօրէնութիւնք նոցա ի վերայ ոսկերաց իւրեանց. զի զարհուրեցուցին զհսկայս ի կենդանութեան իւրեանց:

32:27: Եւ ննջեցին ընդ հսկայսն անկեալսն յաւիտենից. որ իջին ՚ի դժոխս պատերազմօղ զինուքն իւրեանց, եւ եդան անօրէնութիւնք նոցա ՚ի վերայ ոսկերաց իւրեանց. զի զարհուրեցուցին զհսկայս ՚ի կենդանութեան իւրեանց[12816]։
[12816] Ոմանք. Եւ ոչ ննջեցին ընդ հսկայսն։
27 Նրանք ննջել են յաւիտենապէս ընկած հսկաների հետ,որոնք գերեզման էին իջել իրենց պատերազմական զէնքերով.նրանց անիրաւութիւններն էլ դրուել են նրանց ոսկորների վրայ,որովհետեւ զարհուրեցրել էին հսկաներին իրենց կենդանութեան ժամանակ:
27 Անոնք անթլփատներէն ինկող հսկաներուն հետ պիտի չպառկին, Որոնք իրենց պատերազմական զէնքերովը գերեզման իջան Եւ իրենց սուրերը իրենց գլուխներուն տակ դրին. Սակայն անոնց անօրէնութիւնները իրենց ոսկորներուն վրայ պիտի ըլլան, Թէեւ անոնք կենդանիներուն երկրին մէջ հսկաներուն սարսափն էին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:2732:27 Не должны ли {и} они лежать с павшими героями необрезанными, которые с воинским оружием своим сошли в преисподнюю и мечи свои положили себе под головы, и осталось беззаконие их на костях их, потому что они, как сильные, были ужасом на земле живых.
32:28 καὶ και and; even σὺ συ you ἐν εν in μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle ἀπεριτμήτων απεριτμητος uncircumcised κοιμηθήσῃ κοιμαω doze; fall asleep μετὰ μετα with; amid τετραυματισμένων τραυματιζω traumatize μαχαίρᾳ μαχαιρα short sword
32:27 וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not יִשְׁכְּבוּ֙ yiškᵊvˌû שׁכב lie down אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with גִּבֹּורִ֔ים gibbôrˈîm גִּבֹּור vigorous נֹפְלִ֖ים nōfᵊlˌîm נפל fall מֵ mē מִן from עֲרֵלִ֑ים ʕᵃrēlˈîm עָרֵל uncircumcised אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יָרְדֽוּ־ yārᵊḏˈû- ירד descend שְׁאֹ֣ול šᵊʔˈôl שְׁאֹול nether world בִּ bi בְּ in כְלֵֽי־ ḵᵊlˈê- כְּלִי tool מִלְחַמְתָּם֩ milḥamtˌām מִלְחֶמֶת war וַ wa וְ and יִּתְּנ֨וּ yyittᵊnˌû נתן give אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] חַרְבֹותָ֜ם ḥarᵊvôṯˈām חֶרֶב dagger תַּ֣חַת tˈaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part רָאשֵׁיהֶ֗ם rāšêhˈem רֹאשׁ head וַ wa וְ and תְּהִ֤י ttᵊhˈî היה be עֲוֹֽנֹתָם֙ ʕᵃwˈōnōṯām עָוֹן sin עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon עַצְמֹותָ֔ם ʕaṣmôṯˈām עֶצֶם bone כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that חִתִּ֥ית ḥittˌîṯ חִתִּית terror גִּבֹּורִ֖ים gibbôrˌîm גִּבֹּור vigorous בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth חַיִּֽים׃ ḥayyˈîm חַי alive
32:27. et non dormient cum fortibus cadentibusque et incircumcisis qui descenderunt ad infernum cum armis suis et posuerunt gladios suos sub capitibus suis et fuerunt iniquitates eorum in ossibus eorum quia terror fortium facti sunt in terra viventiumAnd they shall not sleep with the brave, and with them that fell uncircumcised, that went down to hell with their weapons, and laid their swords under their heads, and their iniquities were in their bones, because they were the terror of the mighty in the land of the living.
27. And they shall not lie with the mighty that are fallen of the uncircumcised, which are gone down to hell with their weapons of war, and have laid their swords under their heads, and their iniquities are upon their bones; for the terror of the mighty in the land of the living.
32:27. But they shall not sleep with the strong, and with those who also fell uncircumcised, who descended to hell with their weapons, and who placed their swords under their heads, while their iniquities were in their bones. For they were the terror of the strong in the land of the living.
32:27. And they shall not lie with the mighty [that are] fallen of the uncircumcised, which are gone down to hell with their weapons of war: and they have laid their swords under their heads, but their iniquities shall be upon their bones, though [they were] the terror of the mighty in the land of the living.
And they shall not lie with the mighty [that are] fallen of the uncircumcised, which are gone down to hell with their weapons of war: and they have laid their swords under their heads, but their iniquities shall be upon their bones, though [they were] the terror of the mighty in the land of the living:

32:27 Не должны ли {и} они лежать с павшими героями необрезанными, которые с воинским оружием своим сошли в преисподнюю и мечи свои положили себе под головы, и осталось беззаконие их на костях их, потому что они, как сильные, были ужасом на земле живых.
32:28
καὶ και and; even
σὺ συ you
ἐν εν in
μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle
ἀπεριτμήτων απεριτμητος uncircumcised
κοιμηθήσῃ κοιμαω doze; fall asleep
μετὰ μετα with; amid
τετραυματισμένων τραυματιζω traumatize
μαχαίρᾳ μαχαιρα short sword
32:27
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not
יִשְׁכְּבוּ֙ yiškᵊvˌû שׁכב lie down
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with
גִּבֹּורִ֔ים gibbôrˈîm גִּבֹּור vigorous
נֹפְלִ֖ים nōfᵊlˌîm נפל fall
מֵ מִן from
עֲרֵלִ֑ים ʕᵃrēlˈîm עָרֵל uncircumcised
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יָרְדֽוּ־ yārᵊḏˈû- ירד descend
שְׁאֹ֣ול šᵊʔˈôl שְׁאֹול nether world
בִּ bi בְּ in
כְלֵֽי־ ḵᵊlˈê- כְּלִי tool
מִלְחַמְתָּם֩ milḥamtˌām מִלְחֶמֶת war
וַ wa וְ and
יִּתְּנ֨וּ yyittᵊnˌû נתן give
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
חַרְבֹותָ֜ם ḥarᵊvôṯˈām חֶרֶב dagger
תַּ֣חַת tˈaḥaṯ תַּחַת under part
רָאשֵׁיהֶ֗ם rāšêhˈem רֹאשׁ head
וַ wa וְ and
תְּהִ֤י ttᵊhˈî היה be
עֲוֹֽנֹתָם֙ ʕᵃwˈōnōṯām עָוֹן sin
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
עַצְמֹותָ֔ם ʕaṣmôṯˈām עֶצֶם bone
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
חִתִּ֥ית ḥittˌîṯ חִתִּית terror
גִּבֹּורִ֖ים gibbôrˌîm גִּבֹּור vigorous
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
חַיִּֽים׃ ḥayyˈîm חַי alive
32:27. et non dormient cum fortibus cadentibusque et incircumcisis qui descenderunt ad infernum cum armis suis et posuerunt gladios suos sub capitibus suis et fuerunt iniquitates eorum in ossibus eorum quia terror fortium facti sunt in terra viventium
And they shall not sleep with the brave, and with them that fell uncircumcised, that went down to hell with their weapons, and laid their swords under their heads, and their iniquities were in their bones, because they were the terror of the mighty in the land of the living.
32:27. But they shall not sleep with the strong, and with those who also fell uncircumcised, who descended to hell with their weapons, and who placed their swords under their heads, while their iniquities were in their bones. For they were the terror of the strong in the land of the living.
32:27. And they shall not lie with the mighty [that are] fallen of the uncircumcised, which are gone down to hell with their weapons of war: and they have laid their swords under their heads, but their iniquities shall be upon their bones, though [they were] the terror of the mighty in the land of the living.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
27. “Не должны ли” в евр. и Вульг. “не должны”. Эти разбойничьи народы не могут быть в “преисподней”, шеоле (замечательно, что это слово в исчислении народов ада здесь впервые; ранее же бор, гроб) вместе с знаменитыми, удостоившимися почетного воинского погребения - с оружием, исполинами, хотя бы то и необрезанными, тем более обрезанными, потому что кости их, т. е. Мешеха и Фувала, осквернены беззаконием (грабежами и разбоями). LXX не имеют отрицания: “и успоша со исполины падшими от века”; следовательно общество исполинов в шеоле у них представляется позорным; “от века” вместо “необрезанными”: меолам вместо меарелим. Вместо “падшими” - нофелим новейшие предлагают читать по Быт VI:4: нефилим, исполины.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:27: Gone down to hell with their weapons of war - Are buried in their armor and with their weapons lying by their sides. It was a very ancient practice, in different nations, to bury a warrior's weapons in the same grave with himself.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:27: And they shall not lie - Better, "Shall they not lie?" or, "Are they not laid?" The custom of burying warriors with their swords, shields, or helmets, raider their heads is well known, and common to most warlike nations.
But their iniquities ... - They, rested in all the glories of a warrior's sepulture, but their sins followed them to the grave.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:27: shall not: Eze 32:21; Job 3:13-15; Isa 14:18, Isa 14:19
to hell: That is, to the grave; and are buried in their armour, with their weapons lying by their sides, as was a very ancient practice in various nations.
their weapons of war: Heb. weapons of their war, Isa 54:17; Co2 10:4
but: Eze 18:20; Job 20:11; Psa 49:14, Psa 92:7, Psa 92:9, Psa 109:18; Pro 14:32; Joh 8:24
Geneva 1599
32:27 And they shall not lie with the mighty [that are] fallen (r) of the uncircumcised, who are gone down to the grave with their weapons of war: and they have laid their swords under their heads, but their iniquities shall be upon their bones, though [they were] the terror of the mighty in the land of the living.
(r) Who died not by cruel death but by the course of nature, and are honourably buried with their coat of armour and signs of honour.
John Gill
32:27 And they shall not lie with the mighty that are fallen of the uncircumcised,.... That is, shall not lie in such state, or be buried with such pomp and magnificence, and have such sepulchral monuments erected to their memory, as other heroes among the Heathens have had; such as the mighty kings of Assyria and Persia before mentioned:
which are gone down to hell, or "the grave",
with their weapons of war; which were never taken from them, and which they held in their hands to the last, being never conquered, and died at last a natural death, and not by the sword; or which were carried in state before their hearse at the time of interment, as is the custom to this day so to do at the funeral of great warriors, generals, and officers:
and they have laid their swords under their heads; as a sign and token, as Jarchi says, that the sword did not rule over them, that they did not fall by it; either their statues and sepulchral monuments were adorned with these, and other instruments of war, as was the grave of Misenus by Aeneas (d); and as is still the custom where the heads of such mighty ones are laid, to engrave them on them: or, literally, their swords and other weapons of war were put in their graves under their heads; as it was usual, in former times, in some places to put swords, shields, and other armour, in the graves of military men, as were in the grave of Theseus, on the bier of Alexander the great, and others, as reported by Plutarch, Diodorus Siculus, and Sophocles (e): now the Scythians were not buried: after this grand and pompous manner:
but their iniquities shall be upon their bones; or the punishment of their sin should be, that their bones should lie unburied and scattered about, or be dug up and broke to pieces, and treated with inhumanity and contempt, as a just reward for their savageness, and cruelty:
though they were the terror of the mighty in the land of the living: not only the terror of the common people, but even of the most powerful kings and mighty warriors.
(d) Vid. Virgil. Aeneid. l. 6. & Seneca, l. 4. controvers. 4. (e) Vid. Lydium de Re Militari, l. 6. c. 7. p. 250, 251. & Kirchman, de Funer. Roman. l. 3. c. 18.
John Wesley
32:27 They - The leaders of these Scythians were not buried with a pomp like that of Ashur, or Elan, but surprised by Halyattes and Cyaxares, were cut off with all their multitude, and tumbled into pits with the rabble. With their weapons - A ceremony observed in pompous funerals of great captains, to have their weapons, and their armour carried before the hearse. Laid their swords - In their graves, as if they could sleep the sweeter there, when they laid their heads on such a pillow: These barbarous Scythians were not so buried. Their iniquity - The exemplary punishment of their iniquity shall be seen upon their bones unburied.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:27 they shall not lie with the mighty--that is, they shall not have separate tombs such as mighty conquerors have: but shall all be heaped together in one pit, as is the case with the vanquished [GROTIUS]. HAVERNICK reads it interrogatively, "Shall they not lie with the mighty that are fallen?" But English Version is supported by the parallel (Is 14:18-19), to which Ezekiel refers, and which represents them as not lying as mighty kings lie in a grave, but cast out of one, as a carcass trodden under foot.
with . . . weapons of war--alluding to the custom of burying warriors with their arms (1 Maccabees 13:29). Though honored by the laying of "their swords under their heads," yet the punishment of "their iniquities shall be upon their bones." Their swords shall thus attest their shame, not their glory (Mt 26:52), being the instruments of their violence, the penalty of which they are paying.
32:2832:28: Եւ դու ՚ի մէջ անթլփատիցն խորտակեսցիս, եւ ննջեսցես ՚ի մէջ վիրաւորացն սրոյ։
28 Դու էլ ես անթլփատների մէջ գլորուելու ննջելու ես սրով սպանուածների մէջ:
28 Դուն անթլփատներուն մէջ պիտի կոտորուիս Ու սուրով սպաննուածներուն հետ պիտի պառկիս։
Եւ դու ի մէջ անթլփատիցն խորտակեսցիս, եւ ննջեսցես ի մէջ վիրաւորացն սրոյ:

32:28: Եւ դու ՚ի մէջ անթլփատիցն խորտակեսցիս, եւ ննջեսցես ՚ի մէջ վիրաւորացն սրոյ։
28 Դու էլ ես անթլփատների մէջ գլորուելու ննջելու ես սրով սպանուածների մէջ:
28 Դուն անթլփատներուն մէջ պիտի կոտորուիս Ու սուրով սպաննուածներուն հետ պիտի պառկիս։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:2832:28 И ты будешь сокрушен среди необрезанных и лежать с пораженными мечом.
32:29 ἐκεῖ εκει there ἐδόθησαν διδωμι give; deposit οἱ ο the ἄρχοντες αρχων ruling; ruler Ασσουρ ασσουρ the δόντες διδωμι give; deposit τὴν ο the ἰσχὺν ισχυς force αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him εἰς εις into; for τραῦμα τραυμα wound μαχαίρας μαχαιρα short sword οὗτοι ουτος this; he μετὰ μετα with; amid τραυματιῶν τραυματιας doze; fall asleep μετὰ μετα with; amid καταβαινόντων καταβαινω step down; descend εἰς εις into; for βόθρον βοθρος hole
32:28 וְ wᵊ וְ and אַתָּ֗ה ʔattˈā אַתָּה you בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תֹ֧וךְ ṯˈôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst עֲרֵלִ֛ים ʕᵃrēlˈîm עָרֵל uncircumcised תִּשָּׁבַ֥ר tiššāvˌar שׁבר break וְ wᵊ וְ and תִשְׁכַּ֖ב ṯiškˌav שׁכב lie down אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with חַלְלֵי־ ḥallê- חָלָל pierced חָֽרֶב׃ ḥˈārev חֶרֶב dagger
32:28. et tu ergo in medio incircumcisorum contereris et dormies cum interfectis gladioSo thou also shalt be broken in the midst of the uncircumcised, and shalt sleep with them that are slain by the sword.
28. But thou shalt be broken in the midst of the uncircumcised, and shalt lie with them that are slain by the sword.
32:28. Therefore, you also will be broken in the midst of the uncircumcised, and you will sleep with those who were slain by the sword.
32:28. Yea, thou shalt be broken in the midst of the uncircumcised, and shalt lie with [them that are] slain with the sword.
Yea, thou shalt be broken in the midst of the uncircumcised, and shalt lie with [them that are] slain with the sword:

32:28 И ты будешь сокрушен среди необрезанных и лежать с пораженными мечом.
32:29
ἐκεῖ εκει there
ἐδόθησαν διδωμι give; deposit
οἱ ο the
ἄρχοντες αρχων ruling; ruler
Ασσουρ ασσουρ the
δόντες διδωμι give; deposit
τὴν ο the
ἰσχὺν ισχυς force
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
εἰς εις into; for
τραῦμα τραυμα wound
μαχαίρας μαχαιρα short sword
οὗτοι ουτος this; he
μετὰ μετα with; amid
τραυματιῶν τραυματιας doze; fall asleep
μετὰ μετα with; amid
καταβαινόντων καταβαινω step down; descend
εἰς εις into; for
βόθρον βοθρος hole
32:28
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אַתָּ֗ה ʔattˈā אַתָּה you
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תֹ֧וךְ ṯˈôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst
עֲרֵלִ֛ים ʕᵃrēlˈîm עָרֵל uncircumcised
תִּשָּׁבַ֥ר tiššāvˌar שׁבר break
וְ wᵊ וְ and
תִשְׁכַּ֖ב ṯiškˌav שׁכב lie down
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with
חַלְלֵי־ ḥallê- חָלָל pierced
חָֽרֶב׃ ḥˈārev חֶרֶב dagger
32:28. et tu ergo in medio incircumcisorum contereris et dormies cum interfectis gladio
So thou also shalt be broken in the midst of the uncircumcised, and shalt sleep with them that are slain by the sword.
32:28. Therefore, you also will be broken in the midst of the uncircumcised, and you will sleep with those who were slain by the sword.
32:28. Yea, thou shalt be broken in the midst of the uncircumcised, and shalt lie with [them that are] slain with the sword.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
28. “Ты” - фараон. Стихом прерывается исчисление обитателей преисподней и отделяются 4: названных, более могущественных народа от 3: дальнейших, менее важных.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:28: Dan 2:34, Dan 2:35
John Gill
32:28 Yea, thou shalt be broken in the midst of the uncircumcised,.... Kimchi, and so others, think this is said to Pharaoh king of Egypt; but rather it respects the prince of the Scythians, who should fall into the hands of Heathens, and be destroyed by them:
and shalt lie with them that are slain with the sword; be buried with them, or in like manner as they are; and not as mighty warriors, who die a natural death in their own country, and are buried in a stately and magnificent manner; but like those that fall by the sword of the enemy, and are thrown into one common pit.
John Wesley
32:28 Thou - Chief of Mesech, and Tubal. Shalt be broken - Shalt be killed with the rest of thy wicked followers. Shalt lie - Without regard, hurled into the pit with common soldiers.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:28 Yea, thou--Thou, too, Egypt, like them, shalt lie as one vanquished.
32:2932:29: Անդ Եդոմ եւ թագաւորք իւր եւ ամենայն իշխանք նորա, որ ետուն զզօրութիւն իւրեանց ՚ի հարուածս սրոյ. եւ նոքա ընդ վիրաւորս ննջեցին ընդ իջեալսն ՚ի խորխորատ[12817]։ [12817] Բազումք. Անդ Եդովմ, եւ թագաւորք։
29 Այնտեղ են Եդոմը,նրա բոլոր թագաւորներն ու իշխանները,որոնք իրենց զօրութեամբ հանդերձ ընկան սրի հարուածներից: Նրանք էլ են ննջել խորխորատ իջած սպանուածների հետ:
29 Եդովմ, իր թագաւորներն ու բոլոր իշխանները հոն են, Որոնք իրենց զօրութիւնովը սուրով սպաննուածներուն հետ դրուած են։Անոնք անթլփատներուն հետ Ու գուբը իջնողներուն հետ կը պառկին։
Անդ Եդովմ եւ թագաւորք իւր եւ ամենայն իշխանք նորա, որ [713]ետուն զզօրութիւն իւրեանց ի հարուածս սրոյ. եւ նոքա ընդ վիրաւորս ննջեցին`` ընդ իջեալսն ի խորխորատ:

32:29: Անդ Եդոմ եւ թագաւորք իւր եւ ամենայն իշխանք նորա, որ ետուն զզօրութիւն իւրեանց ՚ի հարուածս սրոյ. եւ նոքա ընդ վիրաւորս ննջեցին ընդ իջեալսն ՚ի խորխորատ[12817]։
[12817] Բազումք. Անդ Եդովմ, եւ թագաւորք։
29 Այնտեղ են Եդոմը,նրա բոլոր թագաւորներն ու իշխանները,որոնք իրենց զօրութեամբ հանդերձ ընկան սրի հարուածներից: Նրանք էլ են ննջել խորխորատ իջած սպանուածների հետ:
29 Եդովմ, իր թագաւորներն ու բոլոր իշխանները հոն են, Որոնք իրենց զօրութիւնովը սուրով սպաննուածներուն հետ դրուած են։Անոնք անթլփատներուն հետ Ու գուբը իջնողներուն հետ կը պառկին։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:2932:29 Там Едом и цари его и все князья его, которые при всей своей храбрости положены среди пораженных мечом; они лежат с необрезанными и сошедшими в могилу.
32:30 ἐκεῖ εκει there οἱ ο the ἄρχοντες αρχων ruling; ruler τοῦ ο the βορρᾶ βορρας north wind πάντες πας all; every στρατηγοὶ στρατηγος general Ασσουρ ασσουρ the καταβαίνοντες καταβαινω step down; descend τραυματίαι τραυματιας with; [definite object marker] τῷ ο the φόβῳ φοβος fear; awe αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τῇ ο the ἰσχύι ισχυς force αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐκοιμήθησαν κοιμαω doze; fall asleep ἀπερίτμητοι απεριτμητος uncircumcised μετὰ μετα with; amid τραυματιῶν τραυματιας short sword καὶ και and; even ἀπήνεγκαν αποφερω carry away / off τὴν ο the βάσανον βασανος torment αὐτῶν αυτος he; him μετὰ μετα with; amid τῶν ο the καταβαινόντων καταβαινω step down; descend εἰς εις into; for βόθρον βοθρος hole
32:29 שָׁ֣מָּה šˈāmmā שָׁם there אֱדֹ֗ום ʔᵉḏˈôm אֱדֹום Edom מְלָכֶ֨יהָ֙ mᵊlāḵˈeʸhā מֶלֶךְ king וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole נְשִׂיאֶ֔יהָ nᵊśîʔˈeʸhā נָשִׂיא chief אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] נִתְּנ֥וּ nittᵊnˌû נתן give בִ vi בְּ in גְבוּרָתָ֖ם ḡᵊvûrāṯˌām גְּבוּרָה strength אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with חַלְלֵי־ ḥallê- חָלָל pierced חָ֑רֶב ḥˈārev חֶרֶב dagger הֵ֛מָּה hˈēmmā הֵמָּה they אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with עֲרֵלִ֥ים ʕᵃrēlˌîm עָרֵל uncircumcised יִשְׁכָּ֖בוּ yiškˌāvû שׁכב lie down וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with יֹ֥רְדֵי yˌōrᵊḏê ירד descend בֹֽור׃ vˈôr בֹּור cistern
32:29. ibi Idumea et reges eius omnes duces eius qui dati sunt cum exercitu suo cum interfectis gladio et qui cum incircumcisis dormierunt et cum his qui descenderunt in lacumThere is Edom, and her kings, and all her princes, who with their army are joined with them that are slain by the sword: and have slept with the uncircumcised, and with them that go down into the pit.
29. There is Edom, her kings and all her princes, which in their might are laid with them that are slain by the sword: they shall lie with the uncircumcised, and with them that go down to the pit.
32:29. Idumea is in that place, with her kings and all her commanders, who with their army have been given to those who were slain by the sword. And they have slept with the uncircumcised and with those who descend into the pit.
32:29. There [is] Edom, her kings, and all her princes, which with their might are laid by [them that were] slain by the sword: they shall lie with the uncircumcised, and with them that go down to the pit.
There [is] Edom, her kings, and all her princes, which with their might are laid by [them that were] slain by the sword: they shall lie with the uncircumcised, and with them that go down to the pit:

32:29 Там Едом и цари его и все князья его, которые при всей своей храбрости положены среди пораженных мечом; они лежат с необрезанными и сошедшими в могилу.
32:30
ἐκεῖ εκει there
οἱ ο the
ἄρχοντες αρχων ruling; ruler
τοῦ ο the
βορρᾶ βορρας north wind
πάντες πας all; every
στρατηγοὶ στρατηγος general
Ασσουρ ασσουρ the
καταβαίνοντες καταβαινω step down; descend
τραυματίαι τραυματιας with; [definite object marker]
τῷ ο the
φόβῳ φοβος fear; awe
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τῇ ο the
ἰσχύι ισχυς force
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐκοιμήθησαν κοιμαω doze; fall asleep
ἀπερίτμητοι απεριτμητος uncircumcised
μετὰ μετα with; amid
τραυματιῶν τραυματιας short sword
καὶ και and; even
ἀπήνεγκαν αποφερω carry away / off
τὴν ο the
βάσανον βασανος torment
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
μετὰ μετα with; amid
τῶν ο the
καταβαινόντων καταβαινω step down; descend
εἰς εις into; for
βόθρον βοθρος hole
32:29
שָׁ֣מָּה šˈāmmā שָׁם there
אֱדֹ֗ום ʔᵉḏˈôm אֱדֹום Edom
מְלָכֶ֨יהָ֙ mᵊlāḵˈeʸhā מֶלֶךְ king
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
נְשִׂיאֶ֔יהָ nᵊśîʔˈeʸhā נָשִׂיא chief
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נִתְּנ֥וּ nittᵊnˌû נתן give
בִ vi בְּ in
גְבוּרָתָ֖ם ḡᵊvûrāṯˌām גְּבוּרָה strength
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with
חַלְלֵי־ ḥallê- חָלָל pierced
חָ֑רֶב ḥˈārev חֶרֶב dagger
הֵ֛מָּה hˈēmmā הֵמָּה they
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with
עֲרֵלִ֥ים ʕᵃrēlˌîm עָרֵל uncircumcised
יִשְׁכָּ֖בוּ yiškˌāvû שׁכב lie down
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with
יֹ֥רְדֵי yˌōrᵊḏê ירד descend
בֹֽור׃ vˈôr בֹּור cistern
32:29. ibi Idumea et reges eius omnes duces eius qui dati sunt cum exercitu suo cum interfectis gladio et qui cum incircumcisis dormierunt et cum his qui descenderunt in lacum
There is Edom, and her kings, and all her princes, who with their army are joined with them that are slain by the sword: and have slept with the uncircumcised, and with them that go down into the pit.
32:29. Idumea is in that place, with her kings and all her commanders, who with their army have been given to those who were slain by the sword. And they have slept with the uncircumcised and with those who descend into the pit.
32:29. There [is] Edom, her kings, and all her princes, which with their might are laid by [them that were] slain by the sword: they shall lie with the uncircumcised, and with them that go down to the pit.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
29. Едом берется как старый враг Израиля. Гибель его Иезекииль предсказывал в XXV:12-14: и, по-видимому, ждет ее до гибели Египта, если фараон находит Едома уже в аду (как Едом должен был пострадать после битвы у Кархемиса, явно из Иер XXVII:3; XLIX:7). - “Цари его и все кнезья его”, каждое племя имело князя, которые, может быть, избирали из себя царя; ср. Быт XXXVI:31: и д. “Которые” - ашер. LXX прочли “Ассуровы”. - “При всей своей храбрости”. О воинственности идумеев свидетельствует уже Быт XXXVI:31. Здесь этим эпитетом заменяется прибавление о прежних 4: великих народах: “со всем множеством”, “полчищем его”, потому что идумеи были маленький народ. Нет о них и добавления: “распространяли ужас на земле живых”, потому что они не были всемирными завоевателями.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:29: There is Edom - All the glory and pomp of the Idumean kings, who also helped to oppress the Israelites, are gone down into the grave. Their kings, princes, and all their mighty men lie mingled with the uncircumcised, not distinguished from the common dead:
"Where they an equal honor share,
Who buried or unburied are.
Where Agamemnon knows no more
Than Irus, he condemned before.
Where fair Achilles and Thersites lie,
Equally naked, poor, and dry."
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:29: Edom: Ezek. 25:1-17, Eze 35:1-15; Gen 25:30, Gen 36:1-19; isa 34:1-17, Isa 63:1-6; jer 49:7-22; Amo 1:11, Amo 1:12; Oba 1:1, Oba 1:2-9; Mal 1:3, Mal 1:4
laid: Heb. given, or put
John Gill
32:29 There is Edom, her kings, and all her princes,.... In the next place, near the graves of the above mentioned, and in the same ruinous and desolate condition, lie the famous kingdom of Idumea, and the several kings and dukes of it, from the first setting of it up, to its last destruction prophesied of, Ezek 25:12, of many of which mention is made, Gen 36:15,
which with their might are laid by them that are slain with the sword; who, notwithstanding their powerful armies, and prowess and skill in war, yet are conquered, and destroyed, and laid in graves in like manner as all others slain by the, sword of the enemy are:
they shall lie with the uncircumcised; for though they themselves were circumcised, being the descendants of Esau the son of Isaac, the son of Abraham, on whose seed circumcision was enjoined; yet this did not secure them from a violent death, and an ignominious burial; they being uncircumcised in heart, wicked and ungodly men, and so should be joined in their death and burial with such:
and with them that go down to the pit; the common receptacle of the slain.
John Wesley
32:29 With the uncircumcised - The Edomites retained circumcision, being of the seed of Abraham. But that shall stand them in no stead: they shall lie with the uncircumcised.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:29 princes--Edom was not only governed by kings, but by subordinate "princes" ox "dukes" (Gen 36:40).
with their might--notwithstanding their might, they shall be brought down (Is 34:5, Is 34:10-17; Jer 49:7, Jer 49:13-18).
lie with the uncircumcised--Though Edom was circumcised, being descended from Isaac, he shall lie with the uncircumcised; much more shall Egypt, who had no hereditary right to circumcision.
32:3032:30: Ա՛նդ ամենայն իշխանք հիւսւսոյ, եւ ամենեքեան նոքա զօրավարք Ասորեստանւոյն, իջեալք վիրաւորք հանդերձ ահիւն զօրութեամբ իւրեանց. ամօթալի՛ց ննջեցին անթլփատք ընդ վիրաւորս սուսերաց, եւ տարան զտանջանս իւրեանց ընդ իջեալսն ՚ի խորխորատ։
30 Այնտեղ են հիւսիսի բոլոր իշխանները(բոլորն էլ՝ Ասորեստանի զօրավարներ),որոնք, սպանուած, գերեզման են իջել իրենց ահաւոր զօրութեամբ հանդերձ: Նրանք եւս ամօթահար եւ անթլփատ ննջել են սրով սպանուածների հետ,կրել իրենց տանջանքները խորխորատ իջածների հետ:
30 Հիւսիսի բոլոր իշխանները եւ բոլոր Սիդոնացիները հոն են, Որոնք սպաննուածներուն հետ իջան։Անոնք իրենց բռնութեամբ կատարած աւերներէն կ’ամչնան, Անոնք սուրով սպաննուածներուն հետ անթլփատ կը պառկին Ու գուբը իջնողներուն հետ իրենց նախատինքը կը կրեն։
Անդ ամենայն իշխանք հիւսիսոյ, եւ [714]ամենեքեան նոքա զօրավարք Ասորեստանւոյն``, իջեալք վիրաւորք հանդերձ ահիւն զօրութեամբ իւրեանց. ամօթալից ննջեցին անթլփատք ընդ վիրաւորս սուսերաց, եւ տարան [715]զտանջանս իւրեանց ընդ իջեալսն ի խորխորատ:

32:30: Ա՛նդ ամենայն իշխանք հիւսւսոյ, եւ ամենեքեան նոքա զօրավարք Ասորեստանւոյն, իջեալք վիրաւորք հանդերձ ահիւն զօրութեամբ իւրեանց. ամօթալի՛ց ննջեցին անթլփատք ընդ վիրաւորս սուսերաց, եւ տարան զտանջանս իւրեանց ընդ իջեալսն ՚ի խորխորատ։
30 Այնտեղ են հիւսիսի բոլոր իշխանները(բոլորն էլ՝ Ասորեստանի զօրավարներ),որոնք, սպանուած, գերեզման են իջել իրենց ահաւոր զօրութեամբ հանդերձ: Նրանք եւս ամօթահար եւ անթլփատ ննջել են սրով սպանուածների հետ,կրել իրենց տանջանքները խորխորատ իջածների հետ:
30 Հիւսիսի բոլոր իշխանները եւ բոլոր Սիդոնացիները հոն են, Որոնք սպաննուածներուն հետ իջան։Անոնք իրենց բռնութեամբ կատարած աւերներէն կ’ամչնան, Անոնք սուրով սպաննուածներուն հետ անթլփատ կը պառկին Ու գուբը իջնողներուն հետ իրենց նախատինքը կը կրեն։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:3032:30 Там властелины севера, все они и все Сидоняне, которые сошли туда с пораженными, быв посрамлены в могуществе своем, наводившем ужас, и лежат они с необрезанными, пораженными мечом, и несут позор свой с отшедшими в могилу.
32:31 ἐκείνους εκεινος that ὄψεται οραω view; see βασιλεὺς βασιλευς monarch; king Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao καὶ και and; even παρακληθήσεται παρακαλεω counsel; appeal to ἐπὶ επι in; on πᾶσαν πας all; every τὴν ο the ἰσχὺν ισχυς force αὐτῶν αυτος he; him λέγει λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master κύριος κυριος lord; master
32:30 שָׁ֣מָּה šˈāmmā שָׁם there נְסִיכֵ֥י nᵊsîḵˌê נָסִיךְ leader צָפֹ֛ון ṣāfˈôn צָפֹון north כֻּלָּ֖ם kullˌām כֹּל whole וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole צִֽדֹנִ֑י ṣˈiḏōnˈî צִידֹנִי Sidonian אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] יָרְד֣וּ yārᵊḏˈû ירד descend אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with חֲלָלִ֗ים ḥᵃlālˈîm חָלָל pierced בְּ bᵊ בְּ in חִתִּיתָ֑ם ḥittîṯˈām חִתִּית terror מִ mi מִן from גְּבֽוּרָתָם֙ ggᵊvˈûrāṯām גְּבוּרָה strength בֹּושִׁ֔ים bôšˈîm בושׁ be ashamed וַ wa וְ and יִּשְׁכְּב֤וּ yyiškᵊvˈû שׁכב lie down עֲרֵלִים֙ ʕᵃrēlîm עָרֵל uncircumcised אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with חַלְלֵי־ ḥallê- חָלָל pierced חֶ֔רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger וַ wa וְ and יִּשְׂא֥וּ yyiśʔˌû נשׂא lift כְלִמָּתָ֖ם ḵᵊlimmāṯˌām כְּלִמָּה insult אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with יֹ֥ורְדֵי yˌôrᵊḏê ירד descend בֹֽור׃ vˈôr בֹּור cistern
32:30. ibi principes aquilonis omnes et universi venatores qui deducti sunt cum interfectis paventes et in sua fortitudine confusi qui dormierunt incircumcisi cum interfectis gladio et portaverunt confusionem suam cum his qui descendunt in lacumThere are all the princes of the north, and all the hunters: who were brought down with the slain, fearing, and confounded in their strength: who slept uncircumcised with them that are slain by the sword, and have borne their shame with them that go down into the pit.
30. There be the princes of the north, all of them, and all the Zidonians, which are gone down with the slain; in the terror which they caused by their might they are ashamed; and they lie uncircumcised with them that are slain by the sword, and bear their shame with them that go down to the pit.
32:30. All the leaders of the north are in that place, with all the hunters, who were brought down with the slain, fearful and confounded in their strength, who have gone to sleep uncircumcised, with those who were slain by the sword. And they have borne their disgrace, with those who descend into the pit.
32:30. There [be] the princes of the north, all of them, and all the Zidonians, which are gone down with the slain; with their terror they are ashamed of their might; and they lie uncircumcised with [them that be] slain by the sword, and bear their shame with them that go down to the pit.
There [be] the princes of the north, all of them, and all the Zidonians, which are gone down with the slain; with their terror they are ashamed of their might; and they lie uncircumcised with [them that be] slain by the sword, and bear their shame with them that go down to the pit:

32:30 Там властелины севера, все они и все Сидоняне, которые сошли туда с пораженными, быв посрамлены в могуществе своем, наводившем ужас, и лежат они с необрезанными, пораженными мечом, и несут позор свой с отшедшими в могилу.
32:31
ἐκείνους εκεινος that
ὄψεται οραω view; see
βασιλεὺς βασιλευς monarch; king
Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao
καὶ και and; even
παρακληθήσεται παρακαλεω counsel; appeal to
ἐπὶ επι in; on
πᾶσαν πας all; every
τὴν ο the
ἰσχὺν ισχυς force
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
κύριος κυριος lord; master
32:30
שָׁ֣מָּה šˈāmmā שָׁם there
נְסִיכֵ֥י nᵊsîḵˌê נָסִיךְ leader
צָפֹ֛ון ṣāfˈôn צָפֹון north
כֻּלָּ֖ם kullˌām כֹּל whole
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
צִֽדֹנִ֑י ṣˈiḏōnˈî צִידֹנִי Sidonian
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יָרְד֣וּ yārᵊḏˈû ירד descend
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with
חֲלָלִ֗ים ḥᵃlālˈîm חָלָל pierced
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
חִתִּיתָ֑ם ḥittîṯˈām חִתִּית terror
מִ mi מִן from
גְּבֽוּרָתָם֙ ggᵊvˈûrāṯām גְּבוּרָה strength
בֹּושִׁ֔ים bôšˈîm בושׁ be ashamed
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשְׁכְּב֤וּ yyiškᵊvˈû שׁכב lie down
עֲרֵלִים֙ ʕᵃrēlîm עָרֵל uncircumcised
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with
חַלְלֵי־ ḥallê- חָלָל pierced
חֶ֔רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger
וַ wa וְ and
יִּשְׂא֥וּ yyiśʔˌû נשׂא lift
כְלִמָּתָ֖ם ḵᵊlimmāṯˌām כְּלִמָּה insult
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with
יֹ֥ורְדֵי yˌôrᵊḏê ירד descend
בֹֽור׃ vˈôr בֹּור cistern
32:30. ibi principes aquilonis omnes et universi venatores qui deducti sunt cum interfectis paventes et in sua fortitudine confusi qui dormierunt incircumcisi cum interfectis gladio et portaverunt confusionem suam cum his qui descendunt in lacum
There are all the princes of the north, and all the hunters: who were brought down with the slain, fearing, and confounded in their strength: who slept uncircumcised with them that are slain by the sword, and have borne their shame with them that go down into the pit.
32:30. All the leaders of the north are in that place, with all the hunters, who were brought down with the slain, fearful and confounded in their strength, who have gone to sleep uncircumcised, with those who were slain by the sword. And they have borne their disgrace, with those who descend into the pit.
32:30. There [be] the princes of the north, all of them, and all the Zidonians, which are gone down with the slain; with their terror they are ashamed of their might; and they lie uncircumcised with [them that be] slain by the sword, and bear their shame with them that go down to the pit.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
30. “Властелины”, евр. несикей еще только Нав XIII:21; Пс LXXXII:13: и Мих V:5: от насок, помазывать (crhstoV) сходно также с ассир. насику, князь от корня «учреждать» (Ак. kaqestamenai). Слав. Слав. “князи”. - “Севера”. Таким почему-то неопределенным названием пророк мог обозначить только север, ближайший к упоминаемым в ст. 29: Идумее и в этом ст. Сидонянам (= финикиянам), т. е. Сирию (дальнейший север назван уже в ст. 26). - “Все Сидоняне”. Это имя здесь имеет несомненно то широкое значение Финикии, которое оно имело в древности: Суд XVIII:7; Ис XXIII:2; LXX: “вси воеводы Ассуровы”, читая опять ашер, “который”, как “Ассур”. Иезекииль мог иметь в виду войны сирийцев и финикиян с халдеями, осаду Тира Н. - “Фараон и на земле должен был иметь хорошее знакомство с этими обитателями шеола” (Берт.). “Посрамлены” нет в нек. код. LXX.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:30: There be the princes of the north - The kings of Media and Assyria, and all the Zidonians - the kings of Tyre, Sodom, and Damascus. See Calmet.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:30: The princes of the north - i. e., north of Palestine - The Tyrians and the Syrians.
With their terror they are ashamed of their might - i. e., "When their might and power were terrible to all, they were shorn of their power and delivered over to shame and confusion." There are here six nations, Asshur, Elam, Meshech, Tubal, Edom, Zidon, which added to Egypt make up seven (see the Eze 25:1 note). The section which contains the prophecies against the pagan, closing with this description of the kings who had gone down to the grave, accords with the general purport of the whole section, namely,: the declaration that all the powers of the world shall be annihilated to make way for the kingdom of God.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:30: the princes: The kings of Media, Armenia, and other nations north of Chaldea, or of the Syrians and others north of Judah, with "all the Zidonians," kings of Zidon, Tyre, and other cities of Phoenicia. Eze 38:6, Eze 38:15, Eze 39:2, Jer 25:22
and bear: Eze 32:24, Eze 32:25
Geneva 1599
32:30 There [are] the princes of the (s) north, all of them, and all the Zidonians, who are gone down with the slain; with their terror they are ashamed of their might; and they lie uncircumcised with [them that are] slain by the sword, and bear their shame with them that go down to the pit.
(s) The kings of Babylon.
John Gill
32:30 There be the princes of the north,..... The kings of Babylon, according to Kimchi, which lay north of Judea; or the princes of Syria, Damascus, and Tyre, especially the latter, which commonly goes along with Zidon, being near it, as follows:
and all the Zidonians. The Vulgate Latin version renders it, "and all the hunters"; but wrongly; as also the Septuagint and Arabic versions, which read the princes or soldiers of Assyria. The Zidonians or inhabitants of Zidon are meant as the Targum; a famous maritime city, as Tyre also was, in Phoenicia:
which are gone down with the slain; into the grave, being conquered and destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar; see Ezek 28:21,
with their terror they are ashamed of their might, the number and strength of their armies, the valour and courage of their soldiers, and the fortifications of their cities, in which they trusted, and of which they boasted; but yet could not preserve them from ruin:
and they lie uncircumcised with them that be slain by the sword; in common with other profane and wicked persons that have fallen by the sword as they have done:
and bear their shame with them that go down to the pit; See Gill on Ezek 32:24.
John Wesley
32:30 Of the north - Tyrians, Assyrians, and Syrians, who lay northward from Judea, now swallowed up by the Babylonian. Of their might - When it appeared too weak to resist the enemy. Uncircumcised - Scorned, and cast out as profane and loathsome.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:30 princes of the north--Syria, which is still called by the Arabs the north; or the Tyrians, north of Palestine, conquered by Nebuchadnezzar (Eze. 26:1-28:26), [GROTIUS].
Zidonians--who shared the fate of Tyre (Ezek 28:21).
with their terror they are ashamed of their might--that is, notwithstanding the terror which they inspired in their contemporaries. "Might" is connected by MAURER thus, "Notwithstanding the terror which resulted from their might."
32:3132:31: Զնոսա տեսցէ փարաւոն եւ մխիթարեսցի ՚ի վերայ ամենայն զօրութեան նոցա։ Վիրաւորք փարաւոնի ՚ի սրոյ, եւ ամենայն զօրութիւն նորա՝ ասէ Տէր Տէր։
31 Փարաւոնը տեսնելու է նրանց եւ մխիթարուելու էի տես իր այն ողջ զօրքի, որ սպանուել է սրից.այդպէս էլ կը լինի փարաւոնի եւ ամբողջ զօրքի հետ,- ասում է Տէր Աստուած, -
31 Փարաւոն զանոնք պիտի տեսնէ եւ մխիթարուի Անոնց բոլոր զօրութեան եւ իր բոլոր վիրաւորներուն վրայ, Որոնք սուրով սպաննուեցան»,Կ’ըսէ Տէր Եհովան։
Զնոսա տեսցէ փարաւոն եւ մխիթարեսցի ի վերայ ամենայն զօրութեան [716]նոցա. վիրաւորք փարաւոնի ի սրոյ, եւ ամենայն զօրութիւն նորա``, ասէ Տէր Տէր:

32:31: Զնոսա տեսցէ փարաւոն եւ մխիթարեսցի ՚ի վերայ ամենայն զօրութեան նոցա։ Վիրաւորք փարաւոնի ՚ի սրոյ, եւ ամենայն զօրութիւն նորա՝ ասէ Տէր Տէր։
31 Փարաւոնը տեսնելու է նրանց եւ մխիթարուելու էի տես իր այն ողջ զօրքի, որ սպանուել է սրից.այդպէս էլ կը լինի փարաւոնի եւ ամբողջ զօրքի հետ,- ասում է Տէր Աստուած, -
31 Փարաւոն զանոնք պիտի տեսնէ եւ մխիթարուի Անոնց բոլոր զօրութեան եւ իր բոլոր վիրաւորներուն վրայ, Որոնք սուրով սպաննուեցան»,Կ’ըսէ Տէր Եհովան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:3132:31 Увидит их фараон и утешится о всем множестве своем, пораженном мечом, фараон и все войско его, говорит Господь Бог.
32:32 ὅτι οτι since; that δέδωκα διδωμι give; deposit τὸν ο the φόβον φοβος fear; awe αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ἐπὶ επι in; on γῆς γη earth; land ζωῆς ζωη life; vitality καὶ και and; even κοιμηθήσεται κοιμαω doze; fall asleep ἐν εν in μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle ἀπεριτμήτων απεριτμητος uncircumcised μετὰ μετα with; amid τραυματιῶν τραυματιας short sword Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao καὶ και and; even πᾶν πας all; every τὸ ο the πλῆθος πληθος multitude; quantity αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him λέγει λεγω tell; declare κύριος κυριος lord; master κύριος κυριος lord; master
32:31 אֹותָם֙ ʔôṯˌām אֵת [object marker] יִרְאֶ֣ה yirʔˈeh ראה see פַרְעֹ֔ה farʕˈō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh וְ wᵊ וְ and נִחַ֖ם niḥˌam נחם repent, console עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הֲמֹונֹ֑והמונה *hᵃmônˈô הָמֹון commotion חַלְלֵי־ ḥallê- חָלָל pierced חֶ֨רֶב֙ ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger פַּרְעֹ֣ה parʕˈō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole חֵילֹ֔ו ḥêlˈô חַיִל power נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהוִֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
32:31. vidit eos Pharao et consolatus est super universa multitudine sua quae interfecta est gladio Pharao et omnis exercitus eius ait Dominus DeusPharao saw them, and he was comforted concerning all his multitude, which was slain by the sword: Pharao, and all his army, saith the Lord God:
31. Pharaoh shall see them, and shall be comforted over all his multitude: even Pharaoh and all his army, slain by the sword, saith the Lord GOD.
32:31. Pharaoh saw them, and he was consoled over all his multitude, which was slain by the sword, even Pharaoh and all his army, says the Lord God.
32:31. Pharaoh shall see them, and shall be comforted over all his multitude, [even] Pharaoh and all his army slain by the sword, saith the Lord GOD.
Pharaoh shall see them, and shall be comforted over all his multitude, [even] Pharaoh and all his army slain by the sword, saith the Lord GOD:

32:31 Увидит их фараон и утешится о всем множестве своем, пораженном мечом, фараон и все войско его, говорит Господь Бог.
32:32
ὅτι οτι since; that
δέδωκα διδωμι give; deposit
τὸν ο the
φόβον φοβος fear; awe
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ἐπὶ επι in; on
γῆς γη earth; land
ζωῆς ζωη life; vitality
καὶ και and; even
κοιμηθήσεται κοιμαω doze; fall asleep
ἐν εν in
μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle
ἀπεριτμήτων απεριτμητος uncircumcised
μετὰ μετα with; amid
τραυματιῶν τραυματιας short sword
Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao
καὶ και and; even
πᾶν πας all; every
τὸ ο the
πλῆθος πληθος multitude; quantity
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
λέγει λεγω tell; declare
κύριος κυριος lord; master
κύριος κυριος lord; master
32:31
אֹותָם֙ ʔôṯˌām אֵת [object marker]
יִרְאֶ֣ה yirʔˈeh ראה see
פַרְעֹ֔ה farʕˈō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נִחַ֖ם niḥˌam נחם repent, console
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הֲמֹונֹ֑והמונה
*hᵃmônˈô הָמֹון commotion
חַלְלֵי־ ḥallê- חָלָל pierced
חֶ֨רֶב֙ ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger
פַּרְעֹ֣ה parʕˈō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
חֵילֹ֔ו ḥêlˈô חַיִל power
נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech
אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהוִֽה׃ [yᵊhwˈih] יְהוָה YHWH
32:31. vidit eos Pharao et consolatus est super universa multitudine sua quae interfecta est gladio Pharao et omnis exercitus eius ait Dominus Deus
Pharao saw them, and he was comforted concerning all his multitude, which was slain by the sword: Pharao, and all his army, saith the Lord God:
32:31. Pharaoh saw them, and he was consoled over all his multitude, which was slain by the sword, even Pharaoh and all his army, says the Lord God.
32:31. Pharaoh shall see them, and shall be comforted over all his multitude, [even] Pharaoh and all his army slain by the sword, saith the Lord GOD.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
31. “Утешится”. Печальное утешение! Ирония. Ср. XIV:22. - “Множестве” - ХXXI:2.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:31: Pharaoh shall see them - Pharaoh also, who said he was a god, shall be found among the vulgar dead.
And shalt be comforted - Shall console himself, on finding that all other proud boasters are in the same circumstances with himself. Here is a reference to a consciousness after death.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:31: Comforted - By the knowledge that his ruin is no more than that of every world-power.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:31: Pharaoh shall: Pharaoh, who said he was a god, shall be found among the dead.
shall be: Shall console himself, when he sees all these mighty nations and proud conquerors in the same condition as himself. Eze 14:22, Eze 31:16; Lam 2:13
Geneva 1599
32:31 Pharaoh shall see them, and shall be (t) comforted over all his multitude, [even] Pharaoh and all his army slain by the sword, saith the Lord GOD.
(t) As the wicked rejoice when they see others partakers of their miseries.
John Gill
32:31 Pharaoh shall see them, and shall be comforted over his multitude,.... That is, when Pharaoh is brought to the grave, and into the state of the dead, he shall look about him, and see who lie by him; and he shall behold the above mentioned kings of Assyria, Persia, Idumea, and the princes of Tyre and Zidon, and all their mighty armies, generals and soldiers, in the same condition with himself; and this shall be some solace to him in his own death, and at the loss of so great a kingdom, such numerous subjects, and a vast army, that others as rich, as powerful as himself, lie in the same low and miserable condition; though such comfort as this must be poor comfort indeed! and yet this is all the comfort wicked men have in hell, that they have company with them there:
even Pharaoh and all his army slain by the sword. Pharaohhophra and his numerous army slain by the sword of the king of Babylon. This explains who is meant by Pharaoh and his multitude: and that this would certainly be his case it is added,
saith the Lord God; he hath spoken it, and it shall be done; whose words are continued in the next verse.
John Wesley
32:31 Comforted - Poor comfort! Yet all that he will find!
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:31 comforted--with the melancholy satisfaction of not being alone, but of having other kingdoms companions in his downfall. This shall be his only comfort--a very poor one!
32:3232:32: Զի ետ զահ իւր յերկիրն կենդանութեան, եւ ննջեսցէ ՚ի մէջ անթլփատիցն վիրաւորելոց սրոյ, փարաւոն՝ եւ ամենայն բազմութիւն իւր ընդ նմին՝ ասէ Տէր Տէր[12818]։[12818] Բազումք. Վիրաւորելոց սրով։
32 քանզի նա իր սարսափն էր տարածել ողջերի աշխարհի վրայ: Եւ փարաւոնը, նրա ողջ բազմութիւնն էլ իր հետ,ննջելու է սրով սպանուած անթլփատների մէջ”»,- ասում է Տէր Աստուած:
32 «Քանզի կենդանիներուն երկրին մէջ իմ վախս դրի*։Անոնք անթլփատներուն մէջ սուրով սպաննուածներուն հետ պիտի պառկին, Այսինքն Փարաւոն ու անոր բոլոր ժողովուրդը»,Կ’ըսէ Տէր Եհովան։
Զի [717]ետ զահ իւր`` յերկրին կենդանութեան, եւ ննջեսցէ ի մէջ անթլփատիցն [718]վիրաւորելոց սրով, փարաւոն եւ ամենայն բազմութիւն իւր [719]ընդ նմին``, ասէ Տէր Տէր:

32:32: Զի ետ զահ իւր յերկիրն կենդանութեան, եւ ննջեսցէ ՚ի մէջ անթլփատիցն վիրաւորելոց սրոյ, փարաւոն՝ եւ ամենայն բազմութիւն իւր ընդ նմին՝ ասէ Տէր Տէր[12818]։
[12818] Բազումք. Վիրաւորելոց սրով։
32 քանզի նա իր սարսափն էր տարածել ողջերի աշխարհի վրայ: Եւ փարաւոնը, նրա ողջ բազմութիւնն էլ իր հետ,ննջելու է սրով սպանուած անթլփատների մէջ”»,- ասում է Տէր Աստուած:
32 «Քանզի կենդանիներուն երկրին մէջ իմ վախս դրի*։Անոնք անթլփատներուն մէջ սուրով սպաննուածներուն հետ պիտի պառկին, Այսինքն Փարաւոն ու անոր բոլոր ժողովուրդը»,Կ’ըսէ Տէր Եհովան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
32:3232:32 Ибо Я распространю страх Мой на земле живых, и положен будет фараон и все множество его среди необрезанных с пораженными мечом, говорит Господь Бог.
32:32 כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that נָתַ֥תִּי nāṯˌattî נתן give אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] חִתִּיתִ֖יחתיתו *ḥittîṯˌî חִתִּית terror בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth חַיִּ֑ים ḥayyˈîm חַי alive וְ wᵊ וְ and הֻשְׁכַּב֩ huškˌav שׁכב lie down בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תֹ֨וךְ ṯˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst עֲרֵלִ֜ים ʕᵃrēlˈîm עָרֵל uncircumcised אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with חַלְלֵי־ ḥallê- חָלָל pierced חֶ֗רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger פַּרְעֹה֙ parʕˌō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh וְ wᵊ וְ and כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הֲמֹונֹ֔והמונה *hᵃmônˈô הָמֹון commotion נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord יְהוִֽה׃ פ [yᵊhwˈih] . f יְהוָה YHWH
32:32. quia dedi terrorem meum in terra viventium et dormivit in medio incircumcisorum cum interfectis gladio Pharao et omnis multitudo eius ait Dominus DeusBecause I have spread my terror in the land of the living, and he hath slept in the midst of the uncircumcised with them that are slain by the sword: Pharao and all his multitude, saith the Lord God.
32. For I have put his terror in the land of the living: and he shall be laid in the midst of the uncircumcised, with them that are slain by the sword, even Pharaoh and all his multitude, saith the Lord GOD.
32:32. For I have spread my terror in the land of the living, and he has gone to sleep in the midst of the uncircumcised, with those who were slain by the sword, even Pharaoh and all his multitude, says the Lord God.”
32:32. For I have caused my terror in the land of the living: and he shall be laid in the midst of the uncircumcised with [them that are] slain with the sword, [even] Pharaoh and all his multitude, saith the Lord GOD.
For I have caused my terror in the land of the living: and he shall be laid in the midst of the uncircumcised with [them that are] slain with the sword, [even] Pharaoh and all his multitude, saith the Lord GOD:

32:32 Ибо Я распространю страх Мой на земле живых, и положен будет фараон и все множество его среди необрезанных с пораженными мечом, говорит Господь Бог.
32:32
כִּֽי־ kˈî- כִּי that
נָתַ֥תִּי nāṯˌattî נתן give
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
חִתִּיתִ֖יחתיתו
*ḥittîṯˌî חִתִּית terror
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֶ֣רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
חַיִּ֑ים ḥayyˈîm חַי alive
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֻשְׁכַּב֩ huškˌav שׁכב lie down
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תֹ֨וךְ ṯˌôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst
עֲרֵלִ֜ים ʕᵃrēlˈîm עָרֵל uncircumcised
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת together with
חַלְלֵי־ ḥallê- חָלָל pierced
חֶ֗רֶב ḥˈerev חֶרֶב dagger
פַּרְעֹה֙ parʕˌō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh
וְ wᵊ וְ and
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הֲמֹונֹ֔והמונה
*hᵃmônˈô הָמֹון commotion
נְאֻ֖ם nᵊʔˌum נְאֻם speech
אֲדֹנָ֥י ʔᵃḏōnˌāy אֲדֹנָי Lord
יְהוִֽה׃ פ [yᵊhwˈih] . f יְהוָה YHWH
32:32. quia dedi terrorem meum in terra viventium et dormivit in medio incircumcisorum cum interfectis gladio Pharao et omnis multitudo eius ait Dominus Deus
Because I have spread my terror in the land of the living, and he hath slept in the midst of the uncircumcised with them that are slain by the sword: Pharao and all his multitude, saith the Lord God.
32:32. For I have spread my terror in the land of the living, and he has gone to sleep in the midst of the uncircumcised, with those who were slain by the sword, even Pharaoh and all his multitude, says the Lord God.”
32:32. For I have caused my terror in the land of the living: and he shall be laid in the midst of the uncircumcised with [them that are] slain with the sword, [even] Pharaoh and all his multitude, saith the Lord GOD.
ru▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
32. “Ибо Я распространю страх Мой на земле живых”, страх, на который незаконно посягали воинственные народы ст. 23-25. Но, конечно, страх этот будет другого, спасительного свойства; не будет “ужасом”. - “Среди необрезанных”. Повторение важнейших выражений речи, заключающих всю мысль ее.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
32:32: I have caused my terror in the land of the living - I have spread dismay through Judea, the land of the living God, where the living oracles were delivered, and where the upright live by faith. When Pharaoh-necho came against Josiah, defeated, and slew him at Megiddo, fear and terror were spread through all the land of Judea; and the allusion here is probably to that circumstance. But even he is now laid with the uncircumcised, and is no more to be distinguished from the common dead.
Much of the phraseology of this chapter may be illustrated by comparing it with Isaiah 14 (note), where see the notes, which the intelligent reader will do well to consult.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
32:32: My terror - Better "his terror," the terror caused by him.
The land of the living - The land of God's people. It was Yahweh who caused Pharaoh to be terrible to His people, and now, when the time is come, Pharaoh is fallen, and he is laid etc.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
32:32: Eze 32:27; Gen 35:5; Job 31:23; jer 25:15-38; Zep 3:6-8; Co2 5:11; Heb 10:31; Rev 6:15-17
Geneva 1599
32:32 For I have caused my (u) terror in the land of the living: and he shall be laid in the midst of the uncircumcised with [them that are] slain with the sword, [even] Pharaoh and all his multitude, saith the Lord GOD.
(u) I will make the Egyptians afraid of me, as they caused others to fear them.
John Gill
32:32 For I have caused my terror in the land of the living,.... Or, "his terror" (f); there is a double reading. The Keri or marginal reading, which we follow has it "my terror" (g); but the Cetib or writing is his terror; and so read the Septuagint. Syriac, and Arabic versions; both may be taken, and the sense be, I have caused or suffered him, Pharaoh king of Egypt, to be a terror to the nations about him, particularly to the land of Israel, which the Targum expressly mentions as the land of the living; and now I will terrify him who has terrified others:
and he shall be laid in the midst of the uncircumcised with those that are slain with the sword; shall have a common burial with other Heathen nations; even with such, who, in a way of judgment, have perished by the sword of their victorious enemies, as he will:
even Pharaoh and all his multitude, saith the Lord God; the king of Egypt, his subjects, and his soldiers, as numerous as they are; and thus ends this doleful ditty, and funeral dirge or lamentation, composed, taken up, and sung for Pharaoh as ordered, thereby to assure him of his certain destruction.
(f) "terrorem ejus", Grotius; "consternationem ejus", Starckius. (g) "terrorem meum", Pagninus, Munster, Tigurine version, Junius & Tremellius, Polanus.
John Wesley
32:32 My terror - These tyrants were a terror to the world by their cruelty; and God hath made them a terror by his just punishments; and so, saith God, will I do with Pharaoh. Come and see the calamitous state of human life! See what a dying world this is! The strong die, the mighty die; Pharaoh and all his multitude! But here is likewise an allusion to the final and everlasting death of impenitent sinners. Those that are uncircumcised in heart, are slain by the sword of Divine Justice. Their iniquity is upon them, and they bear their shame for ever.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
32:32 my terror--the Margin or Keri. The Hebrew text or Chetib is "his terror," which gives good sense (Ezek 32:25, Ezek 32:30). "My terror" implies that God puts His terror on Pharaoh's multitude, as they put "their terror" on others, for example, under Pharaoh-necho on Judea. As "the land of the living" was the scene of "their terror," so it shall be God's; especially in Judea, He will display His glory to the terror of Israel's foes (Ezek 26:20). In Israel's case the judgment is temporary, ending in their future restoration under Messiah. In the case of the world kingdoms which flourished for a time, they fall to rise no more.
Heretofore his functions had been chiefly threatening; from this point, after the evil had got to its worst in the overthrow of Jerusalem, the consolatory element preponderates.